<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rss version="2.0"
	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
	xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
	xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"
	xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
	>

<channel>
	<title>LEGAL INDIA : LAW, LAWYERS, ADVOCATES, ATTORNEY, LAW FIRMS : LEGAL NETWORK : LEGAL HELP, LEGAL ADVICE, LEGAL QUERY, LEGAL OPINION, LEGAL CONSULTANT, LEGAL NEWS, OF INDIA, IN INDIA &#187; Corporate &amp; Commercial Law Act &amp; Rules</title>
	<atom:link href="http://www.legalindia.in/category/acts-rules/corporate-commercial-law-act-rules/feed" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
	<link>http://www.legalindia.in</link>
	<description>LEGAL / LAW NETWORK OF INDIA : FREE LAW RESOURCES PORTAL : LEGAL NEWS</description>
	<lastBuildDate>Sat, 31 Jul 2010 08:16:09 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<language>en</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>hourly</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>1</sy:updateFrequency>
	<generator>http://wordpress.org/?v=3.0</generator>
		<item>
		<title>INDIAN PARTNERSHIP ACT, 1932</title>
		<link>http://www.legalindia.in/indian-partnership-act-1932</link>
		<comments>http://www.legalindia.in/indian-partnership-act-1932#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 07 Jun 2009 10:30:40 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Legal India</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Corporate & Commercial Law Act & Rules]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.legalindia.in/?p=1204</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[CHAPTER I: PRELIMINARY 1. Short title, extent and commencement (1) This Act may be called the Indian Partnership Act, 1932. 1[(2) It extends to the whole of India 2[except the State of Jammu and Kashmir].] (3) It shall come into force on the lst day of October, 1932, except section 69, which shall come into [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>CHAPTER I: PRELIMINARY</strong></p>
<p>1. Short title, extent and commencement<br />
(1) This Act may be called the Indian Partnership Act, 1932.</p>
<p>1[(2) It extends to the whole of India 2[except the State of Jammu and Kashmir].]</p>
<p>(3) It shall come into force on the lst day of October, 1932, except section 69, which shall come into force on the lst day of October, 1933.</p>
<p>2. Definitions<br />
In this Act, unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context,-</p>
<p>(a) an act of a firm means any act or omission by all the partners, or by any partner or agent of the firm which gives rise to a right enforceable by or against the firm;</p>
<p>(b) business includes every trade, occupation and profession;</p>
<p>(c) prescribed means prescribed by rules made under this Act;</p>
<p>(d) third party used in relation to a firm or to a partner therein means any person who is not a partner in the firm; and</p>
<p>(e) expressions used but not defined in this Act and defined in the Indian Contract Act, 1872 (9 of 1872), shall have the meanings assigned to them in that Act.</p>
<p>3. Application of provisions of Act 9 of 1872<br />
The unrepealed provisions of the Indian Contract Act, 1872, save in so far as they are inconsistent with the express provisions of this Act, shall continue to apply to firms.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">CHAPTER II : THE NATURE OF PARTNERSHIP</span></strong></p>
<p>4. Definition of partnership, partner, firm and firm name<br />
Partnership is the relation between persons who have agreed to share the profits of a business carried on by all or any of them acting for all.</p>
<p>Persons who have entered into partnership with one another are called individually partners and collectively a firm, and the name under which their business is carried on is called the firm name.</p>
<p>5. Partnership not created by status<br />
The relation of partnership arises from contract and not from status;</p>
<p>and, in particular, the members of a Hindu undivided family carrying on a family business as such, or a Burmese Buddhist husband and wife carrying business as such, are not partners in such business.</p>
<p>6. Mode of determining existence of partnership<br />
In determining whether a group of persons is or is not a firm, or whether a person is or is not a partner in a firm, regard shall be had to the real relation between the parties, as shown by all relevant facts taken together.</p>
<p>Explanation 1 : The sharing of profits or of gross returns arising from property by persons holding a joint or common interest in that property does not of itself make such persons partners.</p>
<p>Explanation 2 : The receipt by a person of a share of the profits of a business, or of a payment contingent upon the earning of profits or varying with the profits earned by a business, does not of itself make him a partner with the persons carrying on the business;</p>
<p>and in particular, the receipt of such share or payment-</p>
<p>(a) by a lender of money to persons engaged or about to engage in any business,</p>
<p>(b) by a servant or agent as remuneration,</p>
<p>(c) by the widow or child of a deceased partner, as annuity, or</p>
<p>(d) by a previous owner or part owner of the business, as consideration for the sale of the goodwill or share thereof,</p>
<p>does not of itself make the receiver a partner with the persons carrying on the business.</p>
<p>7. Partnership at will<br />
Where no provision is made by contract between the partners for the duration of their partnership, or for the determination of their partnership, the partnership is, partnership at will.</p>
<p>8. Particular partnership<br />
A person may become a partner with another person in particular adventures or undertakings.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">CHAPTER III : RELATIONS OF PARTNERS TO ONE ANOTHER</span></strong></p>
<p>9. General duties of partners<br />
Partners are bound to carry on the business of the firm to the greatest common advantage, to be just and faithful to each other, and to render true accounts and full information of all things affecting the firm to any partner or his legal representative.</p>
<p>10. Duty to indemnify for loss caused by fraud<br />
Every partner shall indemnify the firm for any loss caused to it by his fraud in the conduct of the business of the firm.</p>
<p>11. Determination of rights and duties of partners by contract between the partners<br />
(1) Subject to the provisions of this Act, the mutual rights, and duties of the partners of a firm may be determined by contract between the partners, and such contract may be expressed or may be implied by a course of dealing.</p>
<p>Such contract may be varied by consent of all the partners, and such consent may be expressed or may be implied by a course of dealing.</p>
<p>(2) Agreements in restraints of trade-Notwithstanding anything contained in section 27 of the Indian Contract Act, 1872 (9 of 1872), such contracts may provide that a partner shall not carry on any business other than that of the firm while he is a partner.</p>
<p>12. The conduct of the business<br />
Subject to contract between the partners,-</p>
<p>(a) every partner has a right to take part in the conduct of the business;</p>
<p>(b) every partner is bound to attend diligently to his duties in the conduct of the business;</p>
<p>(c) any difference arising as to ordinary matters connected with the business may be decided by a majority of the partners, and every partner shall have the right to express his opinion, before the matter is decided, but no change may be made in the nature of the business without the consent of all the partners; and</p>
<p>(d) every partner has a right to have access to and to inspect and copy any of the books of the firm.</p>
<p>13. Mutual rights and liabilities<br />
Subject to contract between the partners,-</p>
<p>(a) a partner is not entitled to receive remuneration for taking part in the conduct of the business;</p>
<p>(b) the partners are entitled to share equally in the profits earned, and shall contribute equally to the losses sustained by the firm;</p>
<p>(c) where a partner is entitled to interest on the capital subscribed by him such interest shall be payable only out of profits;</p>
<p>(d) a partner making, for the purposes of the business, any payment or advance beyond the amount of capital he has agreed to subscribe, is entitled to interest thereon at the rate of six per cent per annum;</p>
<p>(e) the firm shall indemnify a partner in respect of payments made and liabilities incurred by him-</p>
<p>(i) in the ordinary and proper conduct of the business, and</p>
<p>(ii) in doing such act, in an emergency, for the purpose of protecting the firm from loss, as would be done by a person of ordinary prudence, in his own case, under similar circumstances; and</p>
<p>(f) a partner shall indemnify the firm for any loss caused to it by his wilful neglect in the conduct of the business of the firm.</p>
<p>14. The property of the firm<br />
Subject to contract between the partners, the property of the firm includes all property and rights and interests in property originally brought into the stock of the firm, or acquired, by purchase or otherwise, by or for the firm, or for the purposes and in the course of business of the firm, and includes also the goodwill of the business.</p>
<p>Unless the contrary intention appears, property and rights and interests in property acquired with money belonging to the firm are deemed to have been acquired for the firm.</p>
<p>15. Application of the property of the firm<br />
Subject to contract between the partners, the property of the firm shall be held and used by the partners exclusively for the purposes of the business.</p>
<p>16. Personal profits earned by partners<br />
Subject to contract between the partners-</p>
<p>(a) if a partner derives any profit for himself from any transaction of the firm, or from the use of the property or business connection of the firm or the firm name, he shall account for that profit and pay it to the firm;</p>
<p>(b) if a partner carries on any business of the same nature as and competing with that of the firm, he shall account for and pay to the firm all profits made by him in that business.</p>
<p>17. Rights and duties of partners<br />
Subject to contract between the partners-</p>
<p>(a) after a change in the firm-where a change occurs in the constitution of a firm, the mutual rights and duties of the partners in the reconstituted firm remain the same as they were immediately before the change, as far as may be;</p>
<p>(b) after the expiry of the term of the firm, and &#8211; where a firm constituted for a fixed term continues to carry on business after the expiry of that term, the mutual rights and duties of the partners remain the same as they were before the expiry, so far as they may be consistent with the incidents of partnership at will; and</p>
<p>(c) where additional undertakings are carried out-where a firm constituted to carry out one or more adventures or undertakings, the mental rights and duties of the partners in respect of the other adventures or undertakings are the same as those in respect of the original adventures or undertakings.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">CHAPTER IV : RELATIONS OF PARTNERS TO THIRD PARTIES<br />
</span></strong>18. Partner to be agent of the firm<br />
Subject to the provisions of this Act, a partner is the agent of the firm for the purpose of the business of the firm.</p>
<p>19. Implied authority of partner as agent of the firm<br />
(1) Subject to the provisions of section 22, the act of a partner which is done to carry on, in the usual way, business of the kind carried on by the firm, binds the firm.</p>
<p>The authority of a partner to bind the firm conferred by this section is called his implied authority.</p>
<p>(2) In the absence of any usage or custom of trade to the contrary, the implied authority of a partner does not empower him to-</p>
<p>(a) submit a dispute relating to the business of the firm to arbitration,</p>
<p>(b) open a banking account on behalf of the firm in his own name,</p>
<p>(c) compromise or relinquish any claim or portion of a claim by the firm,</p>
<p>(d) withdraw a suit or proceeding filed on behalf of the firm,</p>
<p>(e) admit any liability in a suit or proceeding against the firm,</p>
<p>(f) acquire immovable property on behalf of the firm,</p>
<p>(g) transfer immovable property belonging to the firm, or</p>
<p>(h) enter into partnership on behalf of the firm.</p>
<p>20. Extension and restriction of partner$s implied authority<br />
The partners in a firm may, by contract between the parties, extend or restrict the implied authority of any partner.</p>
<p>Notwithstanding any such restriction, any act done by a partner on behalf of the firm which falls within his implied authority binds the firm, unless the person with whom he is dealing knows of the restriction or does not know or believe that partner to be a partner.</p>
<p>21. Partner$s authority in an emergency<br />
A partner has authority, in an emergency, to do all such acts for the purpose of protecting the firm from loss as would be done by a person of ordinary prudence, in his own case, acting under similar circumstances, and such acts bind the firm.</p>
<p>22. Mode of doing act to bind firm<br />
In order to bind a firm, an act or instrument done or executed by a partner or other person on behalf of the firm shall be done or executed in the firm name, or in any other manner expressing or implying an intention to bind the firm.</p>
<p>23. Effect of admissions by a partner<br />
An admission on representation made by a partner concerning the affairs of the firm is evidence against the firm, if it is made in the ordinary course of business.</p>
<p>24. Effect of notice to acting partner<br />
Notice to a partner, who habitually acts in the business of the firm of any matter relating to the affairs of the firm operates as notice to the firm, except in the case of a fraud on the firm committed by or with the consent of that partner.</p>
<p>25. Liability of a partner for acts of the firm<br />
Every partner is liable, jointly with all the other partners and also severally, for all acts of the firm done while he is a partner.</p>
<p>26. Liability of the firm for wrongful acts of a partner<br />
Where, by the wrongful act or omission of a partner acting in the ordinary course of the business of a firm, or with the authority of his partners, loss or injury is caused to any third party, or any penalty is incurred, the firm is liable therefor to the same extent as the partner.</p>
<p>27. Liability of firm for misapplication by partners<br />
Where-</p>
<p>(a) a partner acting within his apparent authority receives money or property from a third party and misapplies it, or</p>
<p>(b) a firm in the course of its business receives money or property from a third party, and the money or property is misapplied by any of the partners while it is in the custody of the firm,</p>
<p>the firm is liable to make good the loss.</p>
<p>28. Holding out<br />
(1) Anyone who by words spoken or written or by conduct represents himself or knowingly permits himself to be represented, to be a partner in a firm, is liable as a partner in that firm to any one who has on the faith of any such representation given credit to the firm, whether the person representing himself or represented to be a partner does or does not know that the representation has reached the person so giving credit.</p>
<p>(2) Where after a partner$s death the business is continued in the old firm name, the continued use of that name or of the deceased partner$s name as a part thereof shall not of itself make his legal representative or his estate liable for any act of the firm done after his death.</p>
<p>29. Rights of transferee or a partner$s interest<br />
(1) A transfer by a partner of his interest in the firm, either absolute or by mortgage, or by the creation by him of a charge on such interest, does not entitle the transferee, during the continuance of the firm, to interfere in the conduct of the business, or to require accounts, or to inspect the books of the firm, but entitles the transferee only to receive the share of profits of the transferring partner, and the transferee shall accept the account of profits agreed to by the partners.</p>
<p>(2) If the firm is dissolved or if the transferring partner ceases to be a partner, the transferee is entitled as against the remaining partners to receive the share of the assets of the firm to which the transferring partner is entitled, and, for the purpose of ascertaining that share, to an account as from the date of the dissolution.</p>
<p>30. Minors admitted to the benefits of partnership<br />
(1) A person who is a minor according to the law to which he is subject may not be a partner in a firm, but, with the consent of all the partners for the time being, he may be admitted to the benefits of partnership.</p>
<p>(2) Such minor has a right to such share of the property and of the profits of the firm as may be agreed upon, and he may have access to and inspect and copy any of the accounts of the firm.</p>
<p>(3) Such minor$s share is liable for the acts of the firm, but the minor is not personally liable for any such act.</p>
<p>(4) Such minor may not sue the partners for an account or payment of his share of the property or profits of the firm, save when severing his connection with the firm, and in such case the amount of his share shall be determined by a valuation made as far as possible in accordance with the rules contained in section 48:</p>
<p>PROVIDED that all the partners acting together or any partner entitled to dissolve the firm upon notice to other partners may elect in such suit to dissolve the firm, and thereupon the court shall proceed with the suit as one for dissolution and for settling accounts between the partners, and the amount of the share of the minor shall be determined along with the shares of the partners.</p>
<p>(5) At any time within six months of his attaining majority, or of his obtaining knowledge that he had been admitted to the benefits of partnership, whichever date is later, such person may give public notice that he has elected to become or that he has elected not to become a partner in the firm, and such notice shall determine his position as regards the firm:</p>
<p>PROVIDED that, if he fails to give such notice, he shall become a partner in the firm on the expiry of the said six months.</p>
<p>(6) Where any person has been admitted as a minor to the benefits of partnership in a firm, the burden of proving the fact that such person had no knowledge of such admission until a particular date after the expiry of six months of his attaining majority shall lie on the persons asserting that fact.</p>
<p>(7) Where such person becomes a partner-</p>
<p>(a) his rights and liabilities as a minor continue up to the date on which he becomes a partner, but he also becomes personally liable to third parties for all acts of the firm done since he was admitted to the benefits of partnership, and</p>
<p>(b) his share in the property and profits of the firm shall be the share to which he was entitled as a minor.</p>
<p>(8) Where such person elects not to become a partner,-</p>
<p>(a) his rights and liabilities shall continue to be those of a minor under this section up to the date on which he gives public notice,</p>
<p>(b) his share shall not be liable for any acts of the firm done after the date of the notice, and</p>
<p>(c) he shall be entitled to sue the partners for his share of the property and profits in accordance with sub-section (4).</p>
<p>(9) Nothing in sub-sections (7) and (8) shall affect the provisions of section 28.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">CHAPTER V : INCOMING AND OUTGOING PARTNERS</span></strong></p>
<p>31. Introduction of a partner<br />
(1) Subject to contract between the partners and to the provisions of section 30, no person shall be introduced as a partner into a firm without the consent of all the existing partners.</p>
<p>(2) Subject to the provisions of section 30, a person who is introduced as a partner into a firm does not thereby become liable for any act of the firm done before he became a partner.</p>
<p>32. Retirement of a partner<br />
(1) A partner may retire-</p>
<p>(a) with the consent of all the other partners,</p>
<p>(b) in accordance with an express agreement by the partners, or</p>
<p>(c) where the partnership is at will, by giving notice in writing to all the other partners of his intention to retire.</p>
<p>(2) A retiring partner may be discharged from any liability to any third party for acts of the firm done before his retirement by an agreement made by him with such third party and the partners of the reconstituted firm, and such agreement may be implied by a course of dealing between such third party and the reconstituted firm after he had knowledge of the retirement.</p>
<p>(3) Notwithstanding the retirement of a partner from a firm, he and the partners continue to be liable as partners to third parties for any act done by any of them which would have been an act of the firm if done before the retirement, until public notice is given of the retirement:</p>
<p>PROVIDED that a retired partner is not liable to any third party who deals with the firm without knowing that he was a partner.</p>
<p>(4) Notices under sub-section (3) may be given by the retired partner or by any partner of the reconstituted firm.</p>
<p>33. Expulsion of a partner<br />
(1) A partner may not be expelled from a firm by any majority of the partners, save in the exercise in good faith of powers conferred by contract between the partners.</p>
<p>(2) The provisions of sub-sections (2), (3) and (4) of section 32 shall apply to an expelled partner as if he were a retired partner.</p>
<p>34. Insolvency of a partner<br />
(1) Where a partner in a firm is adjudicated an insolvent he ceases to be a partner on the date on which the order of adjudication is made, whether or not the firm is hereby dissolved.</p>
<p>(2) Where under a contract between the partners the firm is not dissolved by the adjudication of a partner as an insolvent, the estate of a partner so adjudicated is not liable for any act of the firm and the firm is not liable for any act of the insolvent, done after the date on which the order of adjudication is made.</p>
<p>35. Liability of estate of deceased partner<br />
Where under a contract between the partners the firm is not dissolved by the death of a partner, the estate of a deceased partner is not liable for any act of the firm done after his death.</p>
<p>36. Right of outgoing partner to carry on competing business<br />
(1) An outgoing partner may carry on a business competing with that of the firm and he may advertise such business, but, subject to contract to the contrary, he may not-</p>
<p>(a) use the firm name,</p>
<p>(b) represent himself as carrying on the business of the firm, or</p>
<p>(c) solicit the custom of persons who were dealing with the firm before he ceased to be a partner.</p>
<p>(2) Agreements in restraint of trade-A partner may make an agreement with his partners that on ceasing to be a partner he will not carry on any business similar to that of the firm within a specified period or within a specified local limits; and, notwithstanding anything contained in section 27 of the Indian Contract Act, 1872 (9 of 1872), such agreement shall be valid if the restrictions imposed are reasonable.</p>
<p>37. Right of outgoing partner in certain cases to share subsequent profits<br />
Where any member of a firm has died or otherwise ceased to be a partner, and the surviving or continuing partners carry on the business of the firm with the property of the firm without any final settlement of accounts as between them and the outgoing partner of his estate, then, in the absence of a contract to the contrary, the outgoing partner or his estate is entitled at the option of himself or his representatives to such share of the profits made since he ceased to be a partner as may be attributable to the use of his share of the property of the firm or to interest at the rate of six per cent per annum on the amount of his share in the property of the firm:</p>
<p>PROVIDED that where by contract between the partners an option is given to surviving or continuing partners to purchase the interest of a deceased or outgoing partner, and that option is duly exercised, the estate of the deceased partner, or the outgoing partner or his estate, as the case may be, is not entitled to any further or other share of profits; but if any partner assuming to act in exercise of the option does not in all material respects comply with the terms thereof, he is liable to account under the foregoing provisions of this section.</p>
<p>38. Revocation of continuing guarantee by change in firm<br />
A continuing guarantee given to a firm, or to a third party in respect of the transactions of a firm, is, in the absence of agreement to the contrary, revoked as to future transactions from the date of any change in the constitution of the firm.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">CHAPTER VI : DISSOLUTION OF A FIRM<br />
</span></strong>39. Dissolution of a firm<br />
The dissolution of partnership between all the partners of a firm is called the dissolution of the firm.</p>
<p>40. Dissolution by agreement<br />
A firm may be dissolved with the consent of all the partners or in accordance with a contract between the partners.</p>
<p>41. Compulsory dissolution<br />
A firm is dissolved-</p>
<p>(a) by the adjudication of all the partners or of all the partners but one as insolvent, or</p>
<p>(b) by the happening of any event which makes it unlawful for the business of the firm to be carried on or for the partners to carry it on in partnership:</p>
<p>PROVIDED that, where more than one separate adventure or undertaking is carried on by the firm the illegality of one or more shall not of itself cause the dissolution of the firm in respect of its lawful adventures and undertakings.</p>
<p>42. Dissolution on the happening of certain contingencies<br />
Subject to contract between the partners a firm is dissolved-</p>
<p>(a) if constituted for a fixed term, by the expiry of that term;</p>
<p>(b) if constituted to carry out one or more adventures or undertakings, by the completion thereof;</p>
<p>(c) by the death of a partner; and</p>
<p>(d) by the adjudication of a partner as an insolvent.</p>
<p>43. Dissolution by notice of partnership at will<br />
(1) Where the partnership is at will, the firm may be dissolved by any partner giving notice in writing to all the other partners of his intention to dissolve the firm.</p>
<p>(2) The firm is dissolved as from the date mentioned in the notice as the date of dissolution or, if no date is so mentioned, as from the date of the communication of the notice.</p>
<p>44. Dissolution by the court<br />
At the suit of a partner, the court may dissolve a firm on any of the following grounds, namely-</p>
<p>(a) that a partner has become of unsound mind, in which case the suit may be brought as well by the next friend of the partner who has become of unsound mind as by any other partner;</p>
<p>(b) that a partner, other than the partner suing, has become in any way permanently incapable of performing his duties as partner;</p>
<p>(c) that a partner, other than the partner suing, is guilty of conduct which is likely to affect prejudicially the carrying on of the business, regard being had to the nature of the business;</p>
<p>(d) that a partner, other than the partner suing, wilfully or persistently commits breach of agreements relating to the management of the affairs of the firm or the conduct of its business, or otherwise so conducts himself in matters relating to the business that it is not reasonably practicable for the other partners to carry on the business in partnership with him;</p>
<p>(e) that a partner, other than the partner suing, has in any way transferred the whole of his interest in the firm to a third party, or has allowed his share to be charged under the provisions of rule 49 of Order XXI of the First Schedule to the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908 (5 of 1908) or has allowed it to be sold in the recovery of arrears of land revenue or of any dues recoverable as arrears of land revenue due by the partner;</p>
<p>(f) that the business of the firm cannot be carried on save at a loss; or</p>
<p>(g) on any other ground which renders it just and equitable that the firm should be dissolved.</p>
<p>45. Liability for acts of partners done after dissolution<br />
(1) Notwithstanding the dissolution of a firm, the partners continue to be liable as such to third parties for any act done by any of them which would have been an act of the firm if done before the dissolution, until public notice is given of the dissolution:</p>
<p>PROVIDED that the estate of a partner who dies, or who is adjudicated an insolvent, or of a partner who, not having been known to the person dealing with the firm to be a partner, retires from the firm, is not liable under this section for acts done after the date on which he ceases to be a partner.</p>
<p>(2) Notices under sub-section (1) may be given by any partner.</p>
<p>46. Rights of partners to have business wound up after dissolution<br />
On the dissolution of a firm every partner or his representative is entitled, as against all the other partners or their representatives, to have the property of the firm applied in payment of the debts and liabilities of the firm, and to have the surplus distributed among the partners or their representatives according to their rights.</p>
<p>47. Continuing authority of partners for purposes of winding up<br />
After the dissolution of a firm the authority of each partner to bind the firm, and the other mutual rights and obligations of the partners continue notwithstanding the dissolution, so far as may be necessary to wind up the affair of the firm and to complete transactions begun but unfinished at the time of the dissolution, but not otherwise:</p>
<p>PROVIDED that the firm is in no case bound by the acts of a partner who has been adjudicated insolvent; but this proviso does not affect the liability of any person who has after the adjudication represented himself or knowingly permitted himself to be represented as a partner of the insolvent.</p>
<p>48. Mode of settlement of accounts between partners<br />
In settling the accounts of a firm after dissolution, the following rules shall, subject to agreement by the partners, be observed-</p>
<p>(a) losses, including deficiencies of capital, shall be paid first out of profits, next out of capital, and, lastly, if necessary, by the partners individually in the proportions in which they were entitled to share profits;</p>
<p>(b) the assets of the firm, including any sums contributed by the partners to make up deficiencies of capital, shall be applied in the following manner and order-</p>
<p>(i) in paying the debts of the firm to third parties;</p>
<p>(ii) in paying to each partner rateably what is due to him from the firm for advances as distinguished from capital;</p>
<p>(iii) in paying to each partner rateably what is due to him on account of capital; and</p>
<p>(iv) the residue, if any, shall be divided among the partners in the proportions in which they were entitled to share profits.</p>
<p>49. Payment of firm debts and of separate debts<br />
Where there are joint debts due from the firm, and also separate debts due from any partner, the property of the firm shall be applied in the first instance in payment of the debts of the firm, and, if there is any surplus, then the share of each partner shall be applied in payment of his separate debts or paid to him. The separate property of any partner shall be applied first in the payment of his separate debts, and the surplus (if any) in the payment of the debts of the firm.</p>
<p>50. Personal profits earned after dissolution<br />
Subject to contract between the partners, the provisions of clause (a) of section 16 shall apply to transactions by any surviving partner or by the representatives of a deceased partner, undertaken after the firm is dissolved on account of the death of a partner and before its affairs have been completely wound up:</p>
<p>PROVIDED that where any partner or his representative has bought the goodwill of the firm, nothing in this section shall affect his right to use the firm name.</p>
<p>51.Return of premium on premature dissolution<br />
Where a partner has paid a premium on entering into partnership of a fixed term, and the firm is dissolved before the expiration of that term otherwise than by the death of a partner, he shall be entitled to repayment of the premium or of such part thereof as may be reasonable, regard being had to the terms upon which he became a partner and to the length of time during which he was a partner, unless-</p>
<p>(a) the dissolution is mainly due to his own misconduct, or</p>
<p>(b) the dissolution is in pursuance of an agreement containing no provision for the return of the premium or any part of it.</p>
<p>52. Rights where partnership contract is rescinded for fraud or misrepresentation<br />
Where a contract creating partnership is rescinded on the ground of the fraud or misrepresentation of any of the parties thereto the party entitled to rescind is, without prejudice to any other right, entitled-</p>
<p>(a) to a lien on, or a right of retention of, the surplus or the assets of the firm remaining after the debts of the firm have been paid, for any sum paid by him for the purchase of a share in the firm and for any capital contributed to him;</p>
<p>(b) to rank as a creditor of the firm in respect of any payment made by him towards the debts of the firm; and</p>
<p>(c) to be indemnified by the partner or partners guilty of the fraud or misrepresentation against all the debts of the firm.</p>
<p>53. Right to restrain from use of firm name or firm property<br />
After a firm is dissolved, every partner or his representative may, in the absence of a contract between the partners to the contrary, restrain any other partner or his representative from carrying on a similar business in the firm name or from using any of the property of the firm for his own benefit, until the affairs of the firm have been completely wound up:</p>
<p>PROVIDED that where any partner or his representative has bought the goodwill of the firm, nothing in this section shall affect his right to use the firm name.</p>
<p>54. Agreements in restraint of trade<br />
Partners may, upon or in anticipation of the dissolution of the firm, make an agreement that some or all of them will not carry on a business similar to that of the firm within a specified period or within specified local limits; and notwithstanding anything contained in section 27 of the Indian Contract Act, 1872 (9 of 1872), such agreement shall be valid if the restrictions imposed are reasonable.</p>
<p>55. Sale of goodwill after dissolution<br />
(1) In settling the accounts of a firm after dissolution, the goodwill shall, subject to contract between the partners, be included in the assets, and it may be sold either separately or along with other property of the firm.</p>
<p>(2) Rights of buyer and seller of goodwill-Where the goodwill of a firm is sold after dissolution, a partner may carry on a business competing with that of the buyer and he may advertise such business, but, subject to agreement between him and the buyer, he may not-</p>
<p>(a) use the firm name,</p>
<p>(b) represent himself as carrying on the business of the firm, or</p>
<p>(c) solicit the custom of persons who were dealing with the firm before its dissolution.</p>
<p>(3) Agreement in restraint of trade—Any partner may, upon the sale of the goodwill of a firm, make an agreement with the buyer that such partner will not carry on any business similar to that of the firm within a specified period or within specified local limits and, notwithstanding anything contained in section 27 of the Indian Contract Act, 1872 (9 of 1872), such agreement shall be valid if the restrictions imposed are reasonable.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">CHAPTER VII : REGISTRATION OF FIRMS<br />
</span></strong>56. Power to exempt from application of this Chapter<br />
The 3[State Government of any State], may, by notification in the Official Gazette, direct that the provisions of this Chapter shall not apply to 4[that State] or to any part thereof specified in the notification.</p>
<p>57. Appointment of Registrars<br />
(1) The State Government may appoint Registrars of Firms for the purposes of this Act, and may define the areas within which they shall exercise their powers and perform their duties.</p>
<p>(2) Every Registrar shall be deemed to be a public servant within the meaning of section 21 of the Indian Penal Code (45 of 1860).</p>
<p>58. Application for registration<br />
(1) The registration of a firm may be effected at any time by sending by post or delivering to the Registrar of the area in which any place of business of the firm is situated or proposed to be situated, a statement in the prescribed form and accompanied by the prescribed fee, stating-</p>
<p>(a) the firm name,</p>
<p>(b) the place or principal place of business of the firm,</p>
<p>(c) the names of any other places where the firm carries on business,</p>
<p>(d) the date when each partner joined the firm,</p>
<p>(e) the names in full and permanent addresses of the partners, and</p>
<p>(f) the duration of the firm.</p>
<p>The statement shall be signed by all the partners, or by their agents specially authorised in this behalf.</p>
<p>(2) Each person signing the statement shall also verify it in the manner prescribed.</p>
<p>(3) A firm name shall not contain any of the following words, namely-</p>
<p>Crown, Emperor, Empress, Empire, Imperial, King, Queen, Royal, or words expressing or implying the sanction, approval or patronage of, 5[Government], except 6,[when the State Government] signified 7[its] consent to the use of such words as part of the firm name by order in writing 8[***].</p>
<p>59. Registration<br />
When the Registrar is satisfied that the provisions of section 58 have been duly complied with, he shall record an entry of the statement in a register called the Register of Firms, and shall file the statement 9 .</p>
<p>60. Recording of alterations in firm name and principal place of business<br />
(1) When an alteration is made in the firm name or in the location of the principal place of business of a registered firm, a statement may be sent to the Registrar accompanied by the prescribed fee, specifying the alteration and signed and verified in the manner required under section 58.</p>
<p>(2) When the Registrar is satisfied that the provisions of sub-section (1) have been duly complied with, he shall amend the entry relating to the firm in the Register of Firms is accordance with the statement, and shall file it along with the statement relating to the firm filed under section 59.</p>
<p>61. Noting of closing and opening of branches<br />
When a registered firm discontinued business at any place or begins to carry on business at any place, such place not being its principal place of business, any partner or agent of the firm may send intimation thereof to the Registrar, who shall make a note of such intimation in the entry relating to the firm in the Register of Firms, and shall file the intimation along with the statement relating to the firm filed under section 59.</p>
<p>62. Noting of changes in names and addresses of partners<br />
When any partner in a registered firm alters his name or permanent address, an intimation of the alteration may be sent by any partner or agent of the firm to the Registrar, who shall deal with it in the manner provided in section 61.</p>
<p>63. Recording of changes in and dissolution of a firm<br />
(1) When a change occurs in the constitution of a registered firm any incoming, continuing or outgoing partner, and when a registered firm is dissolved any person who was a partner immediately before the dissolution, or the agent of any such partner or person specially authorised in this behalf, may give notice to the Registrar of such change or dissolution, specifying the date thereof; and the Registrar shall make a record of the notice in the entry relating to the firm in the Register of Firms, and shall file the notice along with the statement relating to the firm filed under section 59.</p>
<p>(2) Recording of withdrawal of a minor-When a minor who has been admitted to the benefits of partnership in a firm attains majority and elects to become or not to become a partner, and the firm is then a registered firm, he, or his agent specially authorised in this behalf, may give notice to the Registrar that he has or has not become a partner, and the Registrar shall deal with the notice in the manner provided in sub-section (1).</p>
<p>64. Rectification of mistakes<br />
(1) The Registrar shall have power at all times to rectify any mistake in order to bring the entry in the Register of Firms relating to any firm into conformity with the documents relating to that firm filed under this Chapter.</p>
<p>(2) On application made by all the parties who have signed any document relating to a firm filed under this Chapter, the Registrar may rectify any mistake in such document or in the record or note thereof made in the Register of Firms.</p>
<p>65. Amendment of Register by order of court<br />
A court deciding any matter relating to a registered firm may direct that the Registrar shall make any amendment in the entry in the Register of Firms relating to such firm which is consequential upon its decision; and the Registrar shall amend the entry accordingly.</p>
<p>66. Inspection of Register and filed documents<br />
(1) The Register of Firms shall be open to inspection by any person on payment of such fee as may be prescribed.</p>
<p>(2) All statements, notices and intimations filed under this Chapter shall be open to inspection, subject to such conditions and on payment of such fee as may be prescribed.</p>
<p>67. Grant of copies<br />
The Registrar shall on application furnish to any person, an payment of such fee as may be prescribed, a copy, certified under his hand, of any entry or portion thereof in the Register of Firms.</p>
<p>68. Rules of evidence<br />
(1) Any statement, intimation or notice recorded or noted in the Register of Firms shall, as against any person by whom or on whose behalf such statement, intimation or notice was signed, be conclusive proof of any fact therein stated.</p>
<p>(2) A certified copy of an entry relating to a firm in the Register of Firms may be produced in proof of the fact of the registration of such firm, and of the contents of any statement, intimation or notice recorded or noted therein.</p>
<p>69. Effect of non-registration<br />
(1) No suit to enforce a right arising from a contract or conferred by this Act shall be instituted in any court by or on behalf of any person suing as a partner in a firm against the firm or any person alleged to be or to have been a partner in the firm unless the firm is registered and the person suing is or has been shown in the register of firms as a partner in the firm.</p>
<p>(2) No suit to enforce a right a rising from a contract shall be instituted in any court by or on behalf of a firm against any third party unless the firm is registered and the persons suing are or have been shown in the register of firms as partners in the firm.</p>
<p>(3) The provisions of sub-sections (1) and (2) shall apply also to a claim of set-off or other proceeding to enforce a right arising from a contract, but shall not affect-</p>
<p>(a) the enforcement of any right to sue for the dissolution of a firm or for accounts of a dissolved firm, or any right or power to realise the property of a dissolved firm, or</p>
<p>(b) the powers of an official assignee, receiver or court under the Presidency-towns Insolvency Act, 1909 (3 of 1909) or the Provincial Insolvency Act, 1920 (5 of 1920) to realise the property of an insolvent partner.</p>
<p>(4) This section shall not apply-</p>
<p>(a) to firms or to partners in firms which have no place of business in 10[the territories to which this Act extends], or whose places of business in 11[the said territories], are situated in areas to which, by notification under 12[section 56], this Chapter does not apply, or</p>
<p>(b) to any suit or claim of set-off not exceeding one hundred rupees in value which, in the Presidency-towns, is not of a kind specified in section 19 of the Presidency Small Cause Courts Act, 1882 (5 of 1882), or, outside the Presidency-towns, is not of a kind specified in Schedule II to the Provincial Small Cause Courts Act, 1887 (9 of 1887), or to any proceeding in execution or other proceeding incidental to or arising from any such suit or claim.</p>
<p>70. Penalty for furnishing false particulars<br />
Any person who signs any statement, amending statement, notice or intimation under this Chapter containing any particular which he knows to be false or does not believe to be true, or containing particulars which he knows to be incomplete or does not believe to be complete, shall be punishable with imprisonment which may extend to three months, or with fine, or with both.</p>
<p>71. Power to make rules<br />
(1) The 3[State Government] 13[may by notification in the Official Gazette make rules] describing the fees which shall accompany documents sent to the Registrar of Firms, or which shall be payable for the inspection of documents in the custody of the Registrar of Firms or for copies from the Register of Firms:</p>
<p>PROVIDED that such fees shall not exceed the maximum fees specified in Schedule I.</p>
<p>(2) The State Government may 14[also] make rules-</p>
<p>(a) prescribing the form of statement submitted under section 58, and of the verification thereof;</p>
<p>(b) requiring statements, intimations and notices under sections 60, 61, 62 and 63 to be in prescribed form, and prescribing the form thereof;</p>
<p>(c) prescribing the form of the Register of Firms, and the mode in which entries relating to firms are to be made therein, and the mode in which such entries are to be amended or notes made therein;</p>
<p>(d) regulating the procedure of the Registrar when disputes arise;</p>
<p>(e) regulating the filing of documents received by the Registrar;</p>
<p>(f) prescribing conditions for the inspection of original documents;</p>
<p>(g) regulating the grant of copies;</p>
<p>(h) regulating the elimination of registers and documents;</p>
<p>(i) providing for the maintenance and form of an index to the Register of Firms; and</p>
<p>(j) generally, to carry out the purposes of this Chapter.</p>
<p>(3) All rules made under this section shall be subject to the condition of previous publication.</p>
<p>15[(4) Every rule made by the State Government under this section shall be laid, as soon as it is made, before the State Legislature.]<br />
<strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">CHAPTER VIII : SUPPLEMENTAL<br />
</span></strong><br />
72. Mode of giving public notice<br />
A public notice under this Act is given-</p>
<p>(a) where it relates to the retirement or expulsion of a partner from a registered firm, or to the dissolution of a registered firm, or to the election to become or not to become a partner in a registered firm by a person attaining majority who was admitted as a minor to the benefits of partnership, by notice to Registrar of Firms under section 63, and by publication in the Official Gazette and in at least one vernacular newspaper circulating in the district where the firm to which it relate has its place or principal place of business, and</p>
<p>(b) in any other case, by publication in the Official Gazette and in at least one vernacular newspaper circulating in the district where the firm to which it relates has its place or principal place of business.</p>
<p>73. Repeal<br />
[Rep. by the Repealing Act, 1938 (1 of 1938)].</p>
<p>74. Saving<br />
Nothing in this Act or any repeal effected thereby shall affect or be deemed to affect-</p>
<p>(a) any right, title, interest, obligation or liability already acquired, accrued or incurred before the commencement of this Act, or</p>
<p>(b) any legal proceeding or remedy in respect of any such right, title, interest, obligation or liability, or anything done or suffered before the commencement of this Act, or</p>
<p>(c) anything done or suffered before the commencement of this Act, or</p>
<p>(d) any enactment relating to partnership not expressly repealed by this Act, or</p>
<p>(e) any rule of insolvency relating to partnership, or</p>
<p>(f) any rule of law not inconsistent with this Act.</p>
<p>SCHEDULE I :MAXIMUM FEES<br />
[Section 71 (1)]</p>
<p>Document or Act in respect of which the fee is payable<br />
Statement under section 58</p>
<p>Statement under section 60</p>
<p>Intimation under section 61</p>
<p>Intimation under section 62</p>
<p>Notice under section 63</p>
<p>Application under section 64</p>
<p>Inspection of the Register of Firms under sub-section (1) of section 66</p>
<p>Inspection of documents relating to a firm under sub-section (2) of section 66</p>
<p>Copies from the Register of Firms</p>
<p>Maximum fee</p>
<p>Three rupees.</p>
<p>One rupee.</p>
<p>One rupee.</p>
<p>One rupee.</p>
<p>One rupee.</p>
<p>One rupee.</p>
<p>Eight annas for inspecting one volume of the Register</p>
<p>Eight annas for inspection of all documents relating to</p>
<p>Four annas for each hundred words or part thereof.</p>
<p>SCHEDULE II<br />
Enactment Repealed &#8211; [Rep. by Repealing Act, 1938 (1 of 1938)].</p>
<p>Foot Notes</p>
<p>1 Substituted by AO 1950 for the former sub-section.</p>
<p>2 Substituted for words except Part B States by Act No. 3 of 1951.</p>
<p>3 Substituted for words Governor General in-Council by AO 1937.</p>
<p>4 Substituted for words any Province by AO 1937.</p>
<p>5 Words the Crown or the Government of India or a Local Government, have been successively adapted by the AO 1937, AO 1948 and AO 1950 to read as above.</p>
<p>6 Substituted by the AO 1937, for words when the Governor General in-Council.</p>
<p>7 Substituted for his by AO 1937.</p>
<p>8 The words under the hand of one of the Secretaries of the Government of India omitted by AO 1937.</p>
<p>9 In its application to the State of Madras, s. 59A has been inserted by the Madras Added Territories (Adaptation of Laws) Order, 1961.</p>
<p>10 Substituted by Act No. 3 of 1951, for the words Part A States and Part C States.</p>
<p>11 Substituted for the words such States by Act No. 3 of 1951.</p>
<p>12 Substituted for section 55 by Act No. 24 of 1934.</p>
<p>13 Substituted by Act No. 20 of 1983, w.e.f. 15th. March.1984.</p>
<p>14 Inserted by AO 1937.</p>
<p>15 Inserted by Act No. 20 of 1983, w.e.f. 15th. March, 1984.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.legalindia.in/indian-partnership-act-1932/feed</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>MONOPOLIES AND RESTRICTIVE TRADE PRACTICES RULES, 1970</title>
		<link>http://www.legalindia.in/monopolies-and-restrictive-trade-practices-rules-1970</link>
		<comments>http://www.legalindia.in/monopolies-and-restrictive-trade-practices-rules-1970#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 07 Jun 2009 10:12:46 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Legal India</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Corporate & Commercial Law Act & Rules]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.legalindia.in/?p=1201</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[1. Short title and commencement (1) These rules may be called the Monopolies and Restrictive Trade Practices Rules, 1970. (2) They shall come into force on the date1 of their publication in the Official Gazette. 2. Definitions In these rules,- (a) Act means the Monopolies and Restrictive Trade Practices Act, 1969 (54 of 1969) (b) [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>1. Short title and commencement<br />
(1) These rules may be called the Monopolies and Restrictive Trade Practices Rules, 1970.</p>
<p>(2) They shall come into force on the date1 of their publication in the Official Gazette.</p>
<p>2. Definitions<br />
In these rules,-</p>
<p>(a) Act means the Monopolies and Restrictive Trade Practices Act, 1969 (54 of 1969)</p>
<p>(b) form means a form specified in the Schedule to these rules;</p>
<p>2[(bb) Director General means the Director General of Investigation and Registration appointed under section 8 of the Act;]</p>
<p>3[(C) principal officer in relation to an undertaking means;</p>
<p>(i) where the undertaking is owned by a body corporate-</p>
<p>(a) the managing director of the body corporate; or</p>
<p>(b) any other director, manager or secretary of the body corporate who has been authorised by the board of directors of such body corporate by means of a resolution in that behalf;</p>
<p>(ii) where the undertaking is owned by a firm, any partner thereof;</p>
<p>(iii) where the undertaking is owned by a Hindu undivided family, the karta or the manager of the family;</p>
<p>(iv) where the undertaking is owned or controlled by an association of individuals, whether incorporated or not, the individual who has been specifically authorised in writing in this behalf;</p>
<p>(v) where the undertaking is owned by an individual, the individual himself;</p>
<p>(vi) where the undertaking is owned or controlled by a trust, the managing trustee or any other individual, who is managing the trust.]</p>
<p>3. Notice or application to the Central Government<br />
[Omitted by the MRTP (Amendment) Rules, 1991, w.e.f. 26th. December, 1991.]</p>
<p>4.<br />
[Omitted by the MRTP (Second Amendment) Rules, 1971.]</p>
<p>4A. Publication of general notice relating to notice under section 21 or application under section 22 or 23<br />
[Omitted by the MRTP (Amendment) Rules, 1991, w.e.f. 26th. December, 1991.]</p>
<p>5. Notice under sub-section (1) of section 21<br />
[Omitted by the MRTP (Amendment) Rules, 1991, w.e.f. 26th. December, 1991.]</p>
<p>5A. Application under clause (d) of sub-section (3) of section 21<br />
[Omitted by the MRTP (Amendment) Rules, 1991, w.e.f. 26th. December, 1991.]</p>
<p>6. Application under sub-section (2) of section 22<br />
[Omitted by the MRTP (Amendment) Rules, 1991, w.e.f. 26th. December, 1991.]</p>
<p>6A. Application under clause (d) of sub-section (3) of section 22<br />
[Omitted by the MRTP (Amendment) Rules, 1991, w.e.f. 26th. December, 1991.]</p>
<p>6B. Exemption under clause (aa) of sub-section (1) of section 22A<br />
[Omitted by the MRTP (Amendment) Rules, 1991, w.e.f. 26th. December, 1991.]</p>
<p>7. Application under section 23<br />
[Omitted by the MRTP (Amendment) Rules, 1991, w.e.f. 26th. December, 1991.]</p>
<p>8. Application under section 25<br />
[Omitted by the MRTP (Amendment) Rules, 1991, w.e.f. 26th. December, 1991.]</p>
<p>9. Application for registration<br />
[Omitted by the MRTP (Amendment) Rules, 1991, w.e.f. 26th. December, 1991.]</p>
<p>9A. Application for cancellation of registration<br />
[Omitted by the MRTP (Amendment) Rules, 1991, w.e.f. 26th. December, 1991.]</p>
<p>9B.Application for approval under section 30B<br />
[Omitted by the MRTP (Amendment) Rules, 1991, w.e.f. 26th. December, 1991.]</p>
<p>9C. Intimation under section 30C and application for approval under section 30D<br />
[Omitted by the MRTP (Amendment) Rules, 1991, w.e.f. 26th. December, 1991.]</p>
<p>10. 2Payment of fees<br />
(1) Fees payable under the Act or any rules or regulations made thereunder shall be paid by means of a challan into the Public Account of India at the undermentioned branches of the Punjab National Bank for credit under the Head of Account 104 Other General Economic Services-Fees realised under the Monopolies and Restrictive Trade Practices Act, 1969-(i) Fees realised by the Monopolies and Restrictive Trade Practices Commission and by the Director General of Investigation and Registration; (ii) Application fees realised by the Central Government under the Monopolies and Restrictive Trade Practices Act, 1969.</p>
<p>Sl.No. City Name of the Branch of the Punjab National Bank<br />
1</p>
<p>2</p>
<p>3</p>
<p>4</p>
<p>5</p>
<p>6</p>
<p>7</p>
<p>8</p>
<p>9</p>
<p>10</p>
<p>11</p>
<p>12</p>
<p>13</p>
<p>14</p>
<p>15</p>
<p>16</p>
<p>17</p>
<p>18</p>
<p>19</p>
<p>20</p>
<p>21<br />
Ahmedabad<br />
Allahabad</p>
<p>Bangalore</p>
<p>Bombay</p>
<p>Calcutta</p>
<p>Chandigarh</p>
<p>Cuttack</p>
<p>Delhi</p>
<p>Ernakulam</p>
<p>Gwalior</p>
<p>Hyderabad</p>
<p>Jaipur</p>
<p>Jodhpur</p>
<p>Jullundur</p>
<p>Kanpur</p>
<p>Madras</p>
<p>Nagpur</p>
<p>Panaji</p>
<p>Patna</p>
<p>Shillong</p>
<p>Srinagar<br />
Ashram Road</p>
<p>Civil Lines</p>
<p>City Branch</p>
<p>Phiroz Shah Mehta Road</p>
<p>Brabourne Road</p>
<p>Sector 17</p>
<p>Cuttack</p>
<p>Barakhamba Road, New Delhi<br />
Ernakulam</p>
<p>Naya Bazar</p>
<p>Bank Street</p>
<p>M.I. Road</p>
<p>Ratnada Colony</p>
<p>Civil Lines</p>
<p>Swaroop Nagar</p>
<p>Mount Road</p>
<p>Kingsway</p>
<p>Piffurlekar Road</p>
<p>Boring Road</p>
<p>Shillong</p>
<p>Amirkadal</p>
<p>(2) The fees payable under the Act, or any rule or regulations made thereunder may also paid by means of a demand draft drawn in favour of Pay and Accounts Officer, Department of Company Affairs, New Delhi</p>
<p>(3) The challan/bank draft may be sent to the Department of Company Affairs, Shastri Bhawan, New Delhi or the Monopolies and Restrictive Trade Practices Commissioner or the Director General of Investigation and Registration, New Delhi, as the case may be.]</p>
<p>11. 2[Application under section 36(3) of the Act<br />
(1) Where an application is received by the Director General under sub-section (3) of section 36 of the Act and he is of the opinion that it can be disposed of in conformity with any general directions issued by the Commission, he shall do so after giving the applicant an opportunity of being heard.</p>
<p>(2) Any application made to the Director General under sub-section (3) of section 36 of the Act shall be accompanied by six additional copies thereof.]</p>
<p>11A. 2[Particulars to be entered in the register and its maintenance<br />
(1) The Director General shall enter the particulars of agreements registrable under sub-section (1) of section 33 of the Act and the substance of each order made by the Commission under section 37 in the register maintained in accordance with Form X.</p>
<p>(2) The Director General shall maintain a special section of the register under sub-section (2) of section 36 of the Act for entering therein such particulars as may be directed by the Commission or as may be prescribed by regulations made in this behalf under section 66.</p>
<p>(3) The Director General shall maintain an alphabetical index of the names of the parties to the agreements other than those reserved to be entered in the special section of the register.</p>
<p>(4) The Director General shall also maintain an alphabetical index of the agreements in relation to the goods or services covered by such agreements, as far as practicable, on the lines of the classification specified in the Schedule to the Monopolies and Restrictive Trade Practices (Classification of Goods) Rules, 1971.</p>
<p>(5) All agreements and other documents furnished under section 35 of the Act shall be kept in separate folders arranged in alphabetical order according to the name of the first contracting party.</p>
<p>(6) The Director General shall also maintain in separate registers, particulars in respect of restrictive trade practices, monopolistic trade practices and unfair trade practices investigated by him or inquired into by the commission, in accordance with Form XI, Form XIA and Form XIB, respectively.]</p>
<p>12. 4[The procedure to be followed in furnishing particulars of agreement<br />
In respect of every agreement 5[registrable under sub-section (1) of section 33] of the Act,-</p>
<p>(i) there shall be delivered or sent to the 6[Director General] within the period specified in sub-section (2) 7[or, as the case may be, sub-section (3)], of section 35 of the Act,-</p>
<p>(a) 8[two] copies of each documents specified, in relation to that agreement, 7[or as the case may be, of any variation or determination thereof], in clause (iii) of this rule, one copy of each of which is signed or identified by the signature of the person furnishing it, and therewith,</p>
<p>(b) a certificate in 9[Form XII] signed by the person furnishing such copies and certifying that there are comprised in those copies the whole of the terms of that agreement 7[or of any variation or determination thereof] and the names of the persons who are parties to it (including in the case of an agreement made by a trade association, all persons who are members of the association or are represented thereon by such members)</p>
<p>(ii) 10[where any person is a party to numerous agreements which are in the same form except for one or more of the following, namely:-</p>
<p>(1) the identity of another party thereto;</p>
<p>(2) the date of duration thereof;</p>
<p>(3) the area or market allotted or the rate of quantum of commission or discount or rebate payable or the period for which credit is allowed or the amount of security to be deposited and the rate of interest, if any, payable thereon or the minimum quota of goods required to be disposed of over a specified period, to or by any party thereto;</p>
<p>(4) the products which are the subject-matter of such agreements, he may instead of complying with clause (i) of this rule in respect of each of those agreements individually, deliver or send to the 6[Director General] within the period specified in sub-section (2) of section 35 of the Act-]</p>
<p>(a) 16[two] copies of each document specified in clause (iii) of this rule, setting out the whole of the terms common to all agreements, one copy of each of which is signed or identified by the signature of the person furnishing it, and therewith;</p>
<p>(b) 10[two] copies of lists indicating, respectively, the name and address of each person who is a party to all those agreements and 10[the particulars as specified in clauses (1) to (4) in respect of each such agreement]; and</p>
<p>(c) a certificate in 9[Form XII] signed by the person furnishing those copies and certifying that there are comprised in those copies the whole of the terms of those agreements and the names of all the persons who are parties to them at the date of the certificate (including, in the case of an agreement made by a trade association, all persons who are members of the association or are represented thereon by such members)</p>
<p>(iii) (a) in so far as the terms of any agreement are comprised in one or more instruments in writing, each of those instruments (including, in relation to an agreement in which a term is implied by virtue of Explanation II of section 35 of the Act, and specific recommendation to which such term applied) is a document of which copies are required to be delivered or sent to the 16[Director General]:</p>
<p>PROVIDED that if one or more of those instruments vary another or others of them, the copies of the instruments so varied may indicate and incorporate those variations;</p>
<p>11[(b) in so far as the terms of an agreement are not comprised in one or more instruments in writing, a memorandum in writing, setting out the whole of the terms of the agreement and the names of persons who are parties to it (including in the case of an agreement made by a trade association, all persons who are members of the association or are represented thereon by such members,) shall be delivered or sent to the 6[Director General];</p>
<p>(c) in so far as an agreement, after it has been registered, is varied at any time (whether in respect of persons who are parties to it or in respect of the terms thereof) or is determined (otherwise than by efflux of time), then-</p>
<p>(i) if the variation or determination is comprised in one or more instruments in writing, each of these instruments</p>
<p>(ii) if the variation or determination is not comprised in one or more instruments in writing, a memorandum in writing setting out the whole of the terms of variation or, as the case may be, indicating the determination;</p>
<p>shall be delivered or sent to the 6[Director General].</p>
<p>2[13. Examination and recording of agreements<br />
(1) The Director General shall examine or cause to be examined particulars of every agreement received in his office.</p>
<p>(2) If, on such examination, any particulars are found to be defective or incomplete in any respect, the Director General shall, within a period of six months from the date of receipt of the agreement, direct the party who has furnished the agreement to rectify the defects therein or, as the case may be, to supply the omissions therefrom.</p>
<p>(3) The following particulars shall be endorsed on every document registered under these rules, namely:-</p>
<p>(a) Date on which it is registered;</p>
<p>(b) Serial number and page of the register of agreements in which entered.</p>
<p>(4) Every endorsement referred to in sub-rule (3) shall be signed by the Director General and shall bear his official seal.]</p>
<p>2[13A. Duties and functions of the Director General<br />
(1) (a) The Director General shall, in addition to the duties and functions entrusted to him under the Act and these rules, be entitled to appear in any proceeding in the course of any inquiry before the Commission;</p>
<p>(b) where the Director General is entitled to appear before the Commission, he may appear either in person or be represented by a counsel duly authorised in this behalf.</p>
<p>(2) It shall be the duty of the Director General to conduct such investigations as may be directed by the Commission for any of the purposes under the Act.]</p>
<p>4[14. Address to which the documents are to be delivered or sent<br />
Anything required by these rules to be delivered or sent to the Registrar shall be addressed to the Registrar of Restrictive Trade Agreements, New Delhi.]</p>
<p>2[15. Place where register is to be maintained and inspected<br />
The register of agreements shall be maintained at the Central Office of the Commission and at such other places as may be determined by the Central Government.]</p>
<p>2[16. Inspection of, and extracts from, the register<br />
(1) Any person who wishes to inspect the register, other than the special section, shall apply to the Director General along with a challan or a bank draft referred to in rule 10 evidencing the payment of a fee of rupees twenty-five for each day of inspection.</p>
<p>12[(2) The Director General may allow the applicant to inspect the register at any time during office hours between 10.30 a.m. to 4.00 p.m. on any working day either in his presence or in the presence of any person authorised by him in this behalf.]</p>
<p>(3) The applicant shall not be permitted to take out extracts of any particulars entered in the register, but may be allowed to take notes in pencil of any points from the particulars entered in the register.</p>
<p>(4) Any person who wishes to obtain a certified copy of, or extract from, any particulars entered in the register, other than the special section, shall apply to the Director General and such application shall be accompanied by a fee of rupee one for every one hundred words required to be copied, or extracted.</p>
<p>(5) A copy issued under sub-rule (4) of this rule shall be certified to be a true copy by the Director General or any officer authorised by him in this behalf.]</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.legalindia.in/monopolies-and-restrictive-trade-practices-rules-1970/feed</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>SICK INDUSTRIAL COMPANIES (SPECIAL PROVISIONS) ACT, 1985</title>
		<link>http://www.legalindia.in/sick-industrial-companies-special-provisions-act-1985</link>
		<comments>http://www.legalindia.in/sick-industrial-companies-special-provisions-act-1985#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 07 Jun 2009 10:07:39 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Legal India</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Corporate & Commercial Law Act & Rules]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.legalindia.in/?p=1198</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[ CHAPTER I: PRELIMINARY 1. Short title, extent, commencement and application (1) This Act may be called the Sick Industrial Companies (Special Provisions) Act, 1985. (2) It extends to the whole of India. (3) It shall come into force on such date as the Central Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, appoint and different [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p> <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">CHAPTER I: PRELIMINARY</span></strong><br />
1. Short title, extent, commencement and application<br />
(1) This Act may be called the Sick Industrial Companies (Special Provisions) Act, 1985.</p>
<p>(2) It extends to the whole of India.</p>
<p>(3) It shall come into force on such date as the Central Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, appoint and different dates may be appointed for different provisions of this Act and any reference in any provision of this Act to the commencement of this Act shall be construed as a reference to the commencement of that provision.</p>
<p>(4) It shall apply, in the first instance, to all the scheduled industries other than the scheduled industry relating to ships and other vessels drawn by power.</p>
<p>(5) The Central Government may, in consultation with the Reserve Bank of India, by notification, apply the provisions of this Act, on and from such date as may be specified in the notification, to the scheduled industry relating to ships and other vessels drawn by power.</p>
<p>2. Declaration<br />
It is hereby declared that this Act is for giving effect to the policy of the State towards securing the principles specified in clauses (b) and (c) of article 39 of the Constitution.</p>
<p>3. Definitions<br />
(1) In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires-</p>
<p>(a) appellate authority means the appellate authority for industrial and financial reconstruction constituted under section 5;</p>
<p>(b) board means the Board for Industrial and Financial Reconstruction established under section 4;</p>
<p>(c) Chairman means the Chairman of the Board, or as the case may be, the appellate authority;</p>
<p>(d) company means a company as defined in section 3 of the Companies Act, 1956 1[***];</p>
<p>2[(da) date of finalisation of the duly audited accounts means the date on which the audited accounts of the company are adopted at the annual general meeting of the company;]</p>
<p>(e) industrial company means company which owns one or more industrial undertakings;</p>
<p>(f) industrial undertakings means any undertaking pertaining to a scheduled industry carried on in one or more factories by any company but does not include-</p>
<p>(i) an ancillary industrial undertaking as defined in clause (aa) of section 3 of the Industries (Development and Regulation) Act, 1951; and</p>
<p>(ii) a small scale industrial undertaking as defined in clause (j) of the aforesaid section 3;</p>
<p>(g) member means a member of the board or, as the case may be, the appellate authority and includes the Chairman thereof;</p>
<p>2[(ga) net worth means the sum total of the paid-up capital and free reserves.</p>
<p>Explanation: For the purposes of this clause, free reserves means all reserves credited out of the profits and share premium account but does not include reserves credited out of re-evaluation of assets, write-back of depreciation provisions and amalgamation;]</p>
<p>(h) notification means a notification published in the Official Gazette.</p>
<p>3[(i) operating agency means any public financial institution, State level institution, scheduled bank or any other person as may be specified by general or special order as its agency by the board;]</p>
<p>(j) prescribed means prescribed by rules made under this Act;</p>
<p>(k) [Omitted by Act 12 of 1994];</p>
<p>(l) Reserve Bank means the Reserve Bank of India constituted under section 3 of the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934;</p>
<p>(m) scheduled bank means a bank for the time being included in Schedule II to the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934;</p>
<p>(n) scheduled industry means any of the industries specified for the time being in Schedule I to the Industries (Development and Regulation) Act, 1951;</p>
<p>3[(o) sick industrial company means an industrial company (being a company registered for not less than five years) which has at the end of any financial year accumulated losses equal to or exceeding its entire net worth.</p>
<p>Explanation: For the removal of doubts, it is hereby declared that an industrial company existing immediately before the commencement of the Sick Industrial Companies (Special Provisions) Amendment Act, 1993, registered for not less than five years and having at the end of any financial year accumulated losses equal to or exceeding its entire net worth, shall be deemed to be a sick industrial company;]</p>
<p>(p) State level institution means any of the following institutions, namely,-</p>
<p>(i) State Financial Corporations established under section 3 or section 3A and institutions notified under section 46 of the State Financial Corporations Act, 1951 (63 of 1951)</p>
<p>(ii) State Industrial Development Corporations registered under the Companies Act, 1956 (1 of 1956)</p>
<p>(iii) Such other institutions, being companies and not being public financial institutions, engaged in the development or financing of industrial undertakings, as the Central Government may, by notification, specify:</p>
<p>PROVIDED that no institution shall be so specified unless not less than fifty-one per cent of the paid-up share capital thereof is held by any State Government or Governments or by any institution or institutions mentioned in sub-clauses (i) and (ii) or partly by one or more public financial institutions or institutions mentioned in sub-clauses (i) and (ii) and partly by one or more State Governments.</p>
<p>(2) (a) Words and expressions used and not defined in this Act shall have the meanings, if any, respectively assigned to them in the Companies Act, 1956.</p>
<p>(b) Words and expressions used but not defined either in the Act or in the Companies Act, 1956, shall have the meanings, if any, respectively assigned to them in the Industries (Development and Regulation) Act, 1951.</p>
<p>(3) Any reference in this Act to any other enactment or any provision thereof, shall, in relation to an area in which such enactment of such provision is not in force, be construed as a reference to the corresponding law or the relevant provision of the corresponding law, if any, in force in that area.</p>
<p>4. Establishment of Board<br />
(1) With effect from such date as the Central Government may, by notification, appoint, there shall be established a Board to be known as the Board for Industrial and Financial Reconstruction to exercise the jurisdiction and powers and discharge the functions and duties conferred or imposed on the Board by or under this Act.</p>
<p>(2) The Board shall consist of a Chairman and not less than two and not more than fourteen other members, to be appointed by the Central Government.</p>
<p>(3) The Chairman and other members of the Board shall be persons who are or have been or are qualified to be High Court Judges, or persons of ability, integrity and standing who have special knowledge of, and professional experience of not less than fifteen years in science, technology, economics, banking industry, law, labour matters, industrial finance, industrial management, industrial reconstruction, administration, investment, accountancy, marketing or any other matter, the special knowledge of , or professional experience in which, would be in the opinion of the Central Government useful to the Board.</p>
<p>5. Constitution of appellate authority<br />
(1) The Central Government may, by notification, constitute, with effect from such date as may be specified therein, an appellate authority to be called the Appellate Authority for Industrial and Financial Reconstruction consisting of a Chairman and not more than three other members, to be appointed by that government, for hearing appeals against the orders of the Board under this Act.</p>
<p>(2) The Chairman shall be a person who is or has been a Judge of the Supreme Court or who is or has been a Judge of a High Court for not less than five years.</p>
<p>(3) A member of the appellate authority shall be a person who is or has been a Judge of a High Court or who is or has been an officer not below the rank of a Secretary to the Government of India or who is or has been a member of the Board for not less than three years.</p>
<p>6. Term of office, conditions of service, etc. of Chairman and other members<br />
(1) Before appointing any person as the Chairman or other member, the Central Government shall satisfy itself that the person does not and will not, have any such financial or other interest as is likely to affect prejudicially his functions as such member.</p>
<p>(2) The Chairman and every other member shall hold office for such period, not exceeding five years, as may be specified by the Central Government in the order of his appointment, but shall be eligible for reappointment :</p>
<p>PROVIDED that no person shall hold office as the Chairman or other member after he has attained the age of sixty-five years.</p>
<p>(3) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (1), a member may-</p>
<p>(a) by writing under his hand and addressed to the Central Government resign his office at any time;</p>
<p>(b) be removed from his office in accordance with the provisions of section 7.</p>
<p>(4) A vacancy caused by the resignation or removal of the Chairman or any other member under sub-section (3) or otherwise shall be filled by fresh appointment.</p>
<p>(5) In the event of the occurrence of a vacancy in the office of the Chairman by reason of his death, registration or otherwise, such one of the members as the Central Government may, by notification, authorise in this behalf shall act as the Chairman till the date on which a new Chairman, appointed in accordance with the provisions of this Act, to fill such vacancy, enters upon his office.</p>
<p>(6) When the Chairman is unable to discharge his functions owing to absence, illness or any other cause, such one of the members as the Chairman may authorise in writing in this behalf, shall discharge the functions of the Chairman, till the date on which the Chairman resumes his duties.</p>
<p>(7) The salaries and allowances payable to and the other terms and conditions of service of the Chairman and other members shall be such as may be prescribed:</p>
<p>PROVIDED that neither the salary and allowances nor the other terms and conditions of service of the Chairman or any other member shall be varied to his disadvantage after his appointment.</p>
<p>(8) The Chairman and every other member, shall, before entering upon his office make a declaration of fidelity and secrecy in the form set out in the Schedule.</p>
<p>(9) The Chairman or any other member ceasing to hold office as such shall not hold any appointment or be connected with the management or administration in any company in relation to which any matter has been the subject matter of consideration before the Board or, as the case may be, the appellate authority, for a period of five years from the date on which he ceases to hold such office.</p>
<p>7. Removal of members from office in certain circumstances<br />
(1) The Central Government may remove from office any member, who-</p>
<p>(a) has been adjudged as insolvent, or</p>
<p>(b) has been convicted of an offence which, in the opinion of the Central Government, involves moral turpitude, or</p>
<p>(c) has become physically or mentally incapable of acting as a member, or</p>
<p>(d) has acquired such financial or other interest as is likely to affect prejudicially his functions as a member, or</p>
<p>(e) has so abused his position as to render his continuance in offence prejudicial to the public interest.</p>
<p>(2) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (1), no member shall be removed from his office on the ground specified in clause (d) or clause (e) of that sub-section unless the Supreme Court on a reference being made to it in this behalf by the Central Government, has, on an inquiry held by it in accordance with such procedure as it may specify in this behalf, reported that the member ought, on such grounds, to be removed.</p>
<p>8. Secretary, officers and other employees of Board or appellate authority<br />
(1) The Central Government shall appoint a Secretary to the Board and a Secretary (by whatever name called) to the appellate authority to exercise and perform, under the control of the Chairman, such powers and duties as may be prescribed or as may be specified by the Chairman.</p>
<p>3[(2) The Central Government may provide the Board and the appellate authority with such other officers and employees as may be necessary for the efficient performance of the functions of the Board and the appellate authority.]</p>
<p>(3) The salaries and allowances payable to and the conditions of service of the Secretary and other officers and employees of the Board and the appellate authority shall be such as may be prescribed:</p>
<p>PROVIDED that such Secretary, officer or other employee shall, before entering upon his duties, make a declaration of fidelity and secrecy in the form set out in the Schedule.</p>
<p>9. Salaries, etc. be defrayed out of the Consolidated Fund of India<br />
The salaries and allowances payable to the members and the administrative expenses, including salaries, allowances and pension, payable to or in respect of the officers and other employees of the Board and the appellate authority shall be defrayed out of the Consolidated Fund of India.</p>
<p>10. Vacancies, etc. not to invalidate proceedings of Board and appellate authority<br />
No act or proceeding of the Board, or, as the case may be, the appellate authority shall be questioned on the ground merely of the existence of any vacancy or defect in the constitution of the Board or the appellate authority or any defect in the appointment of a person acting as a member of the Board or the appellate authority.</p>
<p>11. Members and staff of Board and appellate authority to be public servants<br />
The Chairman and other members and the officers and other employees of the Board and the appellate authority shall be deemed to be public servants within the meaning of section 21 of the Indian Penal Code.</p>
<p>12. Constitution of Benches of Board or appellate authority<br />
(1) The jurisdiction, powers and authority of the Board or the appellate authority may be exercised by Benches thereof.</p>
<p>(2) The Benches shall be constituted by the Chairman and each Bench shall consist of not less than two members.</p>
<p>3[(3) If the members of a Bench differ in opinion on any point, the point shall be decided according to the opinion of the majority, if there is a majority, but if the members are equally divided, they shall state the point or points on which they differ, and make a reference to the Chairman of the Board or, as the case may be, the appellate authority who shall either hear the point or points himself or refer the case for hearing on such point or points by one or more of the other members and such point or points shall be decided according to the opinion of the majority of the members who have heard the case including those who first heard it.</p>
<p>13. Procedure of Board and appellate authority<br />
(1) Subject to the provisions of this Act, the Board or, as the case may be, the appellate authority, shall have powers to regulate-</p>
<p>(a) the procedure and conduct of the business;</p>
<p>(b) the procedure of the Benches, including the places at which the sittings of the Benches shall be held;</p>
<p>(c) the delegation to one or more members of such powers or functions as the Board or, as the case may be, the appellate authority may specify.</p>
<p>(2) In particular and without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing provisions, the powers of the Board or, as the case may be, the appellate authority, shall include the power to determine the extent to which persons interested or claiming to be interested in the subject matter of any proceeding before it may be allowed to be present or to be heard, either by themselves or by their representatives or to cross-examine witnesses or otherwise to take part in the proceedings.</p>
<p>(3) The Board or the appellate authority shall, for the purposes of any inquiry or for any other purpose under this Act, have the same powers as are vested in a civil court under the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908 while trying suits in respect of the following matters, namely,-</p>
<p>(a) the summoning and enforcing the attendance of any witness and examining him on oath;</p>
<p>(b) the discovery and production of document or other material object producible as evidence;</p>
<p>(c) the reception of evidence on affidavit;</p>
<p>(d) the requisitioning of any public record from any court or office;</p>
<p>(e) the issuing of any commission for the examination of witnesses;</p>
<p>(f) any other matter which may be prescribed.</p>
<p>14. Proceedings before Board or appellate authority to be judicial proceedings<br />
The Board or the appellate authority shall be deemed to be a civil court for the purposes of section 195 and Chapter XXVI of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 and every proceeding before the Board or the appellate authority shall be deemed to be a judicial proceeding within the meaning of sections 193 and 228 and for the purposes of section 196 of the Indian Penal Code.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">CHAPTER III : 4[REFERENCES, INQUIRIES AND SCHEMES]<br />
</span></strong>15. Reference to Board<br />
(1) When an industrial company has become a sick industrial company, the Board of Directors of the company, shall, within sixty days from the date of finalisation of the duly audited accounts of the company for the financial year as at the end of which the company has become a sick industrial company, make a reference to the Board for determination of the measures which shall be adopted with respect to the company:</p>
<p>PROVIDED that if the Board of Directors has sufficient reasons even before such finalisation to form the opinion that the company had become a sick industrial company, the Board of Directors shall, within sixty days after it has formed such opinion, make a reference to the Board for the determination of the measures which shall be adopted with respect to the company.</p>
<p>(2) Without prejudice to the provisions of sub-section (1), the Central Government or the Reserve Bank or a State Government or a public financial institution or a State level institution or a scheduled bank may, if it has sufficient reasons to believe that any industrial company has become, for the purposes of this Act, a sick industrial company, make a reference in respect of such company to the Board for determination of the measures which may be adopted with respect to such company:</p>
<p>PROVIDED that a reference shall not be made under this sub-section in respect of any industrial company by,-</p>
<p>(a) the government of any State unless all or any of the industrial undertakings belonging to such company are situated in such State;</p>
<p>(b) a public financial institution or a State level institution or a scheduled bank unless it has, by reason of any financial assistance, or obligation rendered by it, or undertaken by it, with respect to, such company, an interest in such company.</p>
<p>16. Inquiry into working of sick industrial companies<br />
(1) The Board may make such inquiry as it may deem fit for determining whether any industrial company has become a sick industrial company-</p>
<p>(a) upon receipt of a reference with respect to such company under section 15; or</p>
<p>(b) upon information received with respect to such company or upon its own knowledge as to the financial condition of the company.</p>
<p>(2) The Board may if it deems necessary or expedient so to do for the expeditious disposal of an inquiry under sub-section (1), require by order any operating agency to enquire into and make a report with respect to such matters as may be specified in the order.</p>
<p>(3) The Board or, as the case may be, the operating agency shall complete its inquiry as expeditiously as possible and endeavour shall be made to complete the inquiry within sixty days from the commencement of the inquiry-</p>
<p>2[Explanation: For the purposes of this sub-section, an inquiry shall be deemed to have commenced upon the receipt by the Board of any reference or information or upon its own knowledge reduced to writing by the Board.]</p>
<p>(4) Where the Board deems it fit to make an inquiry or to cause an inquiry to be made into any industrial company under sub-section (1) or, as the case may be, under sub-section (2), it 5[may] appoint one or more persons to be a special director or special directors of the company for safeguarding the financial and- other interests of the company 2[or in the public interest.]</p>
<p>2[(4A) The Board may issue such directions to a special director appointed under sub-section (4) as it may deem necessary or expedient for proper discharge of his duties.]</p>
<p>(5) The appointment of a special director referred to in sub-section (4) shall be valid and effective notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Companies Act, 1956, or in any other law for the time being in force or in the memorandum and articles of association or any other instrument relating to the industrial company, and any provisions regarding share, qualification, age limit, number of directorships, removal from office of directors and such like conditions contained in any such law or instrument aforesaid, shall not apply to any director appointed by the Board.</p>
<p>(6) Any special director appointed under sub-section (4) shall-</p>
<p>(a) hold office during the pleasure of the Board and may be removed or substituted by any person by order in writing by the Board;</p>
<p>(b) not incur any obligation or liability by reason only of his being a director or for anything done or omitted to be done in good faith in the discharge of his duties as a director or anything in relation thereto;</p>
<p>(c) not be liable to retirement by rotation and shall not be taken into account for computing the number of directors liable to such retirement;</p>
<p>2[(d) not be liable to be prosecuted under any law for anything done or omitted to be done in good faith in the discharge of his duties in relation to the sick industrial company.]</p>
<p>17. Powers of Board to make suitable order on the completion of inquiry<br />
(1) If after making an inquiry under section 16, the Board is satisfied that a company has become a sick industrial company, the Board shall, after considering all the relevant facts and circumstances of the case, decide, as soon as may be, any order in writing, whether it is practicable for the company to 6[make its net worth exceed the accumulated losses] within a reasonable time.</p>
<p>(2) If the Board decides under sub-section (1) that it is practicable for a sick industrial company to make its net worth exceed the accumulated losses within a reasonable time, the Board, shall, by order in writing and subject to such restrictions or conditions as may be specified in the order, give such time to the company as it may deem fit to 6[make its net worth exceed the accumulated losses.]</p>
<p>(3) If the Board decides under sub-section (1) that it is not practicable for a sick industrial company to 6[make its net worth exceed the accumulated losses] within a reasonable time and that it is necessary or expedient in the public interest to adopt all or any of the measures specified in section 18 in relation to the said company it may, as soon as may be, by order in writing, direct any operating agency specified in the order to prepare, having regard to such guidelines as may be specified in the order, a scheme providing for such measures in relation to such company.</p>
<p>(4) The Board may-</p>
<p>(a) if any of the restrictions or conditions specified in an order made under sub-section (2) are not complied with by the company concerned, 2[or if the company fails to revive in pursuance of the said order,] review such order or a reference in that behalf from any agency referred to in sub-section (2) of section 15 or on its own motion and pass a fresh order in respect of such company under sub-section (3)</p>
<p>(b) if the operating agency specified in an order made under sub-section (3) makes a submission in that behalf, review such order and modify the order in such manner as it may deem appropriate.</p>
<p>18. Preparation and sanction of schemes<br />
(1) Where an order is made under sub-section (3) of section 17 in relation to any sick industrial company, the operating agency specified in the order shall prepare, as expeditiously as possible and ordinarily within a period of ninety days from the date of such order, a scheme with respect to such company providing for any one or more of the following measures, namely,-</p>
<p>3[(a) the financial reconstruction of the sick industrial company;]</p>
<p>(b) the proper management of the sick industrial company by change in, or take over of, management of the sick industrial company;</p>
<p>7[(c) the amalgamation of-</p>
<p>(i) the sick industrial company with any other company; or</p>
<p>(ii) any other company with the sick industrial company;]</p>
<p>(hereafter in this section, in the case of sub-clause (i), the other company, and the case of sub-clause (ii), the sick industrial company, referred to as transferee company);]</p>
<p>(d) the sale or lease of a part or whole of any industrial undertaking of the sick industrial company;</p>
<p>7[(da) the rationalisation of managerial personnel, supervisory staff and workmen in accordance with law;]</p>
<p>(e) such other preventive, ameliorative and remedial measures as may be appropriate;</p>
<p>(f)such incidental, consequential or supplemental measures as may be necessary or expedient in connection with or for the purpose of the measures specified in clauses (a) to (e).</p>
<p>(2) The scheme referred to in sub-section (1) may provide for any one or more of the following, namely,-</p>
<p>(a) the constitution, name and registered office, the capital, assets, powers, rights, interests, authorities and privileges, duties and obligations for the sick industrial company or, as the case may be, of the 8[transferee company;]</p>
<p>(b) the transfer to the 8[transferee company] of the business, properties, assets and liabilities of the sick industrial company on such terms and conditions as may be specified in the scheme;</p>
<p>(c) any change in the Board of Directors, or the appointment of a new Board of Directors, of the sick industrial company and the authority by whom, the manner in which and other terms and conditions on which, such change or appointment shall be made and in the case of appointment of a new Board of Directors or of any director, the period for which such appointment shall be made;</p>
<p>(d) the alteration of the memorandum or articles of association of the sick industrial company or, as the case may be, of the 8[transferee company] for the purpose of altering the capital structure thereof or for such other purposes as may be necessary to give effect to the reconstruction or amalgamation;</p>
<p>(e) the continuation by, or against, the sick industrial company or, as the case may be, the transferee company of any action or other legal proceeding pending against the sick industrial company immediately before the date of the order made under sub-section (3) of section 17;</p>
<p>(f) the reduction of the interest or rights which the shareholders have in the sick industrial company to such extent as the Board considers necessary in the interests of the reconstruction, revival or rehabilitation of the sick industrial company or for the maintenance of the business of the sick industrial company;</p>
<p>(g) the allotment to the shareholders of the sick industrial company of shares .in the sick industrial company or, as the case may be, in the 8[transferee company] and where any shareholder claims payment in cash and not allotment of shares, or where it is not possible to allot shares to any shareholder, the payment of cash to those shareholders in full satisfaction of their claims-</p>
<p>(i) in respect of their interest in shares in the sick industrial company before its reconstruction or amalgamation; or</p>
<p>(ii) where such interest has been reduced under clause (f) in respect of their interest in shares as so reduced;</p>
<p>(h) any other terms and conditions for the reconstruction or amalgamation of the sick industrial company;</p>
<p>(i) sale of the industrial undertaking of the sick industrial company free from all encumbrances and all liabilities of the company or other such encumbrances and liabilities as may be specified, to any person, including a co-operative society formed by the employees of such undertaking and fixing of reserve price for such sale;</p>
<p>(j) lease of the industrial undertaking of the sick industrial company to any person, including a co-operative society formed by the employees of such undertaking;</p>
<p>(k) method of sale of the assets of the industrial undertaking of the sick industrial company such as by public auction or by inviting tenders or in any other manner as may be specified and for the manner of publicity therefor;</p>
<p>(l) transfer or issue of the shares in the sick industrial company at the face value or at the intrinsic value which may be at discount value or such other value as may be specified to any industrial company or any person including the executives and employees of the sick industrial company;</p>
<p>(m) such incidental, consequential and supplemental matters as may be necessary to secure that the reconstruction or amalgamation or other measures mentioned in the scheme are fully and effectively carried out.</p>
<p>(3) 3[(a) The scheme prepared by the operating agency shall be examined by the Board and a copy of the scheme with modification, if any, made by the Board shall be sent, in draft, to the sick industrial company and the operating agency and in the case of amalgamation, also to any other company concerned, and the Board shall publish or cause to be published the draft scheme in brief in such daily newspapers as the Board may consider necessary, for suggestions and objections, if any, within such period as the Board may specify.]</p>
<p>(b) The Board may make such modifications, if any, in the draft schemes as it may consider necessary in the light of the suggestions and objections received from the sick industrial company and the operating agency and also from the 8[transferee company] and any other 9[* * *] company concerned in the amalgamation and from any shareholder or any creditors or employees of such 9[* * *] companies:</p>
<p>PROVIDED that where the scheme relates to amalgamation 10[* * *], the said scheme shall be laid before the company other than the sick industrial company in the general meeting for the approval of the scheme by its shareholders and no such scheme shall be proceeded with unless it has been approved, with or without modification, by a special resolution passed by the shareholders of the 8[transferee company.]</p>
<p>(4) The scheme shall thereafter be sanctioned, as soon as may be, by the Board (hereinafter referred to as the $sanctioned scheme$) and shall come into force on such date as the Board may specify in this behalf:</p>
<p>PROVIDED that different dates may be specified for different provisions of the scheme.</p>
<p>(5) The Board may on the recommendations of the operating agency or otherwise, review any sanctioned scheme and make such modifications as it may deem fit or may by order in writing direct any operating agency specified in the order, having regard to such guidelines as may be specified in the order, to prepare a fresh scheme providing for such measures as the operating agency may consider necessary.</p>
<p>(6) When a fresh scheme is prepared under sub-section (5), the provisions of sub-sections (3) and (4) shall apply in relation thereto as they apply to in relation to a scheme prepared under sub-section (1).</p>
<p>2[(6A) Where a sanctioned scheme provides for the transfer of any property or liability of the sick industrial company in favour of any other company or person or where such scheme provides for the transfer of any property or liability of any other company or person in favour of the sick industrial company, then, by virtue of, and to the extent provided in, the scheme, on and from the date of coming into operation of the sanctioned scheme or any provision thereof, the property shall be transferred to, and vest in, and the liability shall become the liability of, such other company or person or, as the case may be, the sick industrial company.]</p>
<p>(7) The sanction accorded by the Board under sub-section (5) shall be conclusive evidence that all the requirements of this scheme relating to the reconstruction or amalgamation, or any other measure specified therein have been complied with and a copy of the sanctioned scheme certified in writing by an officer of the Board to be a true copy thereof, shall, in all legal proceedings (whether in appeal or otherwise) be admitted as evidence.</p>
<p>3[(8) On and from the date of the coming into operation of the sanctioned scheme or any provision thereof, the scheme or such provision shall be binding on the sick industrial company and the transferee company or, as the case may be, the other company and also on the shareholders, creditors and guarantors and employees of the said companies.]</p>
<p>(9) If any difficulty arises in giving effect to the provisions of the sanctioned scheme the Board may, on the recommendation of the operating agency 2[or otherwise], by order do anything, not inconsistent with such provisions, which appears to it to be necessary or expedient for the purpose of removing difficulty.</p>
<p>(10) The Board may, if it deems necessary or expedient so to do, by order in writing direct any operating agency specified in the order to implement a sanctioned scheme with such terms and conditions and in relation to such sick industrial company as may be specified in the order.</p>
<p>(11) Where the whole of the undertaking of the sick industrial company is sold under a sanctioned scheme, the Board may distribute the sale proceeds to the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the provisions of section 529A and other provisions of the Companies Act, 1956.</p>
<p>2[(12) The Board may monitor periodically the implementation of the sanctioned scheme.]</p>
<p>19. Rehabilitation by giving financial assistance<br />
(1) Where the scheme relates to preventive, ameliorative, remedial and other measures with respect to any sick industrial company, the scheme may provide for financial assistance by way of loans, advances or guarantees or reliefs or concessions or sacrifices from the Central Government, a State Government, any scheduled bank or other bank, a public financial institution or State level institution or any institution or other authority (any government, bank, institution or other authority required by a scheme to provide for such financial assistance being hereafter in this section referred to as the person required by the scheme to provide financial assistance) to the sick industrial company.</p>
<p>(2) Every scheme referred to in sub-section (1) shall be circulated to every person required by the scheme to provide financial assistance for his consent within a period of sixty days from the date of such circulation 2[or within such further period, not exceeding sixty days, as may be allowed by the Board, and if no consent is received within such period or further period, it shall be deemed that consent has been given.]</p>
<p>(3) Where in respect of any scheme the consent referred to in sub-section (2) is given by every person required by the scheme to provide financial assistance, the Board may, as soon as may be, sanction the scheme and on and from the date of such sanction the scheme shall be binding on all concerned.</p>
<p>24[(3A) On the sanction of the scheme under sub-section (3), the financial institutions and the banks required to provide financial assistance shall designate by mutual agreement a financial institution and a bank from amongst themselves which shall be responsible to disburse financial assistance by way of loans or advances or guarantees or reliefs or concessions or sacrifices agreed to be provided or granted under the scheme on behalf of all financial institutions and banks concerned.</p>
<p>(3B) The financial institution and the bank designated under sub-section (3A) shall forthwith proceed to release the financial assistance to the sick industrial company in fulfilment of the requirement in this regard.]</p>
<p>(4) Where in respect of any scheme consent under sub-section (2) is not given by any person required by the scheme to provide financial assistance, the Board may adopt such other measures, including the winding up of the sick industrial company, as it may deem fit.</p>
<p>24[19A. Arrangement for continuing operations, etc. during inquiry<br />
(1) At any time before completion of the inquiry under section 16, the sick industrial company or the Central Government or the Reserve Bank or a State Government or a public financial institution or a State level institution or a scheduled bank or any other institution, bank or authority providing or intending to provide any financial assistance by way of loans or advances or guarantees or reliefs or concessions to the sick industrial company may make an application to the Board-</p>
<p>(a) agreeing to an arrangement for continuing the operations of the sick industrial company; or</p>
<p>(b) suggesting a scheme for the financial reconstruction of the sick industrial company.</p>
<p>(2) The Board may, within sixty days of the receipt of the application under sub-section (1), pass such orders therein as it may deem fit.]</p>
<p>20. Winding up of sick industrial company<br />
25[(1) Where the Board, after making inquiry under section 16 and after consideration of all the relevant facts and circumstances and after giving an opportunity of being heard to all concerned parties, is of opinion that the sick industrial company is not likely to make its net worth exceed the accumulated losses within a reasonable time while meeting all its financial obligations and that the company as a result thereof is not likely to become viable in future and that it is just and equitable that the company should be wound up, it may record and forward its opinion to the concerned High Court.]</p>
<p>(2) The High Court shall, on the basis of the opinion of the Board, order winding up of the sick industrial company and may proceed and cause to proceed with the winding up of the sick industrial company in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act, 1956.</p>
<p>(3) For the purpose of winding up of the sick industrial company, the High Court may appoint any officer of the operating agency, if the operating agency gives its consent, as the liquidator of the sick industrial company and the officer so appointed shall for the purpose of the winding up of the sick industrial company be deemed to be, and have all the powers of, the official liquidator, under the Companies Act, 1956.</p>
<p>(4) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (2) or sub-section (3), the Board may cause to be sold the assets of the sick industrial company in such manner as it may deem fit and forward the sale proceeds to the High Court for orders for distribution in accordance with the provisions of section 529A, and other provisions of the Companies Act, 1956.</p>
<p>21. Operating agency to prepare complete inventory, etc.<br />
Where 11[for the proper discharge of the functions of the Board under this Act] the circumstances so require, the Board may, through any operating agency, cause to be prepared-</p>
<p>(a) with respect to 12[a company], a complete inventory of-</p>
<p>(i) all assets and liabilities of whatever nature;</p>
<p>(ii) all books of account, registers, maps, plans, records, documents of title or ownership of property and all other documents of whatever nature relating thereto;</p>
<p>(b) a list of shareholders and list of creditors showing separately in the list of creditors, the secured creditors and the unsecured creditors;</p>
<p>(c) a valuation report in respect of the shares and assets in order to arrive at the reserve price for the sale of a part or whole of the industrial undertaking of the company or for fixation of the lease rent or share exchange ratio;</p>
<p>(d) an estimate of reserve price, lease rent or share exchange ratio; and</p>
<p>(e) proforma accounts, where no up to date audited accounts are available.</p>
<p>22. Suspension of legal proceedings, contracts, etc.<br />
(1) Where in respect of an industrial company, an inquiry under section 16 is pending or any scheme referred to under section 17 is under preparation or consideration or a sanctioned scheme is under implementation or where an appeal under section 25 relating to an industrial company is pending, then, notwithstanding anything contained in the Companies Act, 1956, or any other law or the memorandum and articles of association of the industrial company or any other instrument having effect under the said Act or other law, no proceedings for the winding up of the industrial company or for execution, distress or the like against any of the properties of the industrial company or for the appointment of a receiver in respect thereof 2[and no suit for the recovery of money or for the enforcement of any security against the industrial company or of any guarantee in respect of any loans or advance granted to the industrial company] shall lie or be proceeded with further, except with the consent of the Board or, as the case may be, the appellate authority.</p>
<p>(2) Where the management of the sick industrial company is taken over or changed 2[in pursuance of any scheme sanctioned under section 181, notwithstanding anything contained in the Companies Act, 1956, or any other law or in the memorandum and articles of association of such company or any instrument having effect under the said Act or other law-</p>
<p>(a) it shall not be lawful for the shareholders of such company or any other person to nominate or appoint any person to be a director of the company;</p>
<p>(b) no resolution passed at any meeting of the shareholders of such company shall be given effect to unless approved by the Board.</p>
<p>(3) 13[Where an inquiry under section 16 is pending or any scheme referred to in section 17 is under preparation or during the period] of consideration of any scheme under section 18 or where any such scheme is sanctioned thereunder, for due implementation of the scheme, the Board may by order declare with respect to the sick industrial company concerned that the operation of all or any of the contracts, assurances of property, agreements, settlements, awards, standing orders or other instruments in force, to which such sick industrial company is a party or which may be applicable to such sick industrial company immediately before the date of such order, shall remain suspended or that all or any of the rights, privileges, obligations and liabilities accruing or arising thereunder before the said date, shall remain suspended or shall be enforceable with such adaptations and in such manner as may be specified by the Board :</p>
<p>PROVIDED that such declaration shall not be made for a period exceeding two years which may be extended by one year at a time so, however, that the total period shall not exceed seven years in the aggregate.</p>
<p>(4) Any declaration made under sub-section (3) with respect to a sick industrial company shall have effect notwithstanding anything contained in the Companies Act, 1956, or any other law, the memorandum and articles of association of the company or any instrument having effect under the said Act or other law or any agreement or any decree or order of a court, Tribunal, officer or other authority or of any submission, settlement or standing order and accordingly-</p>
<p>(a) any remedy for the enforcement of any right, privilege, obligation and liability suspended or modified by such declaration, and all proceedings relating thereto pending before any court, Tribunal, officer or other authority shall remain stayed or be continued subject to such declaration; and</p>
<p>(b) on the declaration ceasing to have effect-</p>
<p>(i) any right, privilege, obligation or liability so remaining suspended or modified, shall become revived and enforceable as if the declaration had never been made; and</p>
<p>(ii) any proceeding so remaining stayed shall be proceeded with, subject to the provisions of any law which may then be in force, from the stage which had been reached when the proceedings became stayed.</p>
<p>(5) In computing the period of limitation for the enforcement of any right, privilege, obligation or liability, the period during which it or the remedy for the enforcement thereof remains suspended under this section shall be excluded.</p>
<p>2[22A. Direction not to dispose of assets<br />
The Board may, if it is of opinion that any direction is necessary in the interest of the sick industrial company or creditors or shareholders or in the public interest, by order in writing direct the sick industrial company not to dispose of, except with the consent of the Board, any of its assets-</p>
<p>(a) during the period of preparation or consideration of the scheme under section 18; and</p>
<p>(b) during the period beginning with the recording of opinion by the Board for winding up of the company under sub-section (1) of section 20 and up to commencement of the proceeding relating to the winding up before the concerned High Court.]</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">CHAPTER IV: PROCEEDINGS IN CASE OF POTENTIALLY SICK INDUSTRIAL COMPANIES, MISFEASANCE PROCEEDINGS, APPEALS AND MISCELLANEOUS</span></strong><br />
23. Loss of fifty per cent net worth by industrial companies<br />
(1) If the accumulated losses of an industrial company, as at the end of any financial year (hereinafter referred to as the relevant financial year) have resulted in erosion of fifty per cent, or more of its peak net worth during the immediately 14[preceding four financial years],-</p>
<p>(a) the company shall, within a period of sixty days from the date (hereinafter referred to as the relevant date) of finalisation of the duly audited accounts of the company of the relevant financial year-</p>
<p>(i) report the fact of such erosion to the Board; and</p>
<p>(ii) hold a general meeting of the shareholders of the company for considering such erosion;</p>
<p>(b) the Board of Directors shall, at least twenty-one days before the date on which the meeting under sub-clause (ii) of clause (a) is held, forward to every member of the company a report as to such erosion and the causes for such erosion;</p>
<p>(c) the company may, by ordinary resolution passed at the meeting held under clause (a) remove a director (being a director appointed by the members of the company) and fill the vacancy created by such removal, so far as may be, in accordance with the procedure provided in sub-sections (2) to (6) of section 284 of the Companies Act, 1956.</p>
<p>(2) A direct or removed under sub-section (1) shall not be entitled to any compensation or damages for termination of his appointment as director or of any appointment terminating with that as director.</p>
<p>(3) If default is made in complying with the provisions of this section, every director or other officer of the company who is in default shall be punishable with imprisonment which shall not be less than six months but which may extend to two years and with fine.</p>
<p>2[23A. Proceedings on report, etc. of loss of fifty per cent net worth<br />
(1) Without prejudice to the provisions of clause (a) of sub-section (1) of section 23, the Central Government or the Reserve Bank or a State Government or a public financial institution or a state level institution or a scheduled bank may, if it has sufficient reasons to believe that the accumulated losses of any industrial company have resulted in erosion of fifty per cent, or more of its peak net worth during the immediately preceding four financial years, report the fact of such erosion to the Board.</p>
<p>(2) If the Board has, upon information received or upon its own knowledge, reason to believe that the accumulated losses of any industrial company have resulted in erosion of fifty per cent or more of its peak net worth during the immediately preceding four financial years, it may call for such information from the company as it may deem fit.</p>
<p>(3) Where the Board is of the opinion that an industrial company referred to in sub-section (1) is not likely to make its net worth exceed its accumulated losses within a reasonable time while meeting all its financial obligations and that the company as a result thereof is not likely to become viable in future, it may require by order an operating agency to inquire into and make a report with respect to such matters as may be specified in the order.</p>
<p>(4) After consideration of the report of the operating agency the Board may publish or cause to be published a notice in such daily newspapers as the Board may consider necessary, for suggestions and objections, if any, within such period as the Board may specify, as to why the company should not be wound up.</p>
<p>(5) Where the Board, after consideration of the relevant facts and circumstances and after giving an opportunity of being heard to all concerned parties, is of the opinion that the industrial company is not likely to make its net worth exceed the accumulated losses within a reasonable time while meeting all its financial obligations and that the company as a result thereof, is not likely to become viable in future and that it is just and equitable that the company should be wound up, the Board may record and forward its opinion to the concerned High Court in rotation to the company as if it were a sick industrial company and the provisions of sub-sections (2), (3) and. (4) of section 20 shall apply accordingly.</p>
<p>2[23B. Power of Board to call for periodic information<br />
On receipt of a report under sub-clause (i) of clause (a) of sub-section (1) of section 23 or under sub-section (1) of section 23A or upon information or its own knowledge under sub-section (2) of section 23A, the Board may call for any periodic information from the company as to the steps taken by the company to make its net worth exceed the accumulated losses and the company shall furnish such information.]</p>
<p>24. Misfeasance proceedings<br />
(1) If, in the course of scrutiny or implementation of any scheme or proposal, it appears to the Board that any person who has taken part in the promotion, formation or management of sick industrial company or its undertaking, including any past or present director, manager or officer or employee of the sick industrial company-</p>
<p>(a) has misapplied or retained, or become liable or accountable for, any money or property of the sick industrial company; or</p>
<p>(b) has been guilty of any misfeasance, malfeasance or non-feasance or breach of trust in relation to the sick industrial company, the Board may, by order, direct him to repay or restore the money or property or any part thereof, with or without interest, as it thinks just, or to contribute such sum to the assets of the sick industrial company or the other person entitled thereto by way of compensation in respect of the misapplication, retainer, misfeasance or breach of trust, as the Board thinks just, and also report the matter to the Central Government for any other action which that government may deem fit.</p>
<p>(2) If the Board is satisfied on the basis of information and evidence in its possession with respect to any person who is or was a director or an officer or other employee of the sick industrial company, that such person by himself or along with others had diverted the funds or other property of such company for any purpose other than a bona fide purpose of the company or had managed the affairs of the company in a manner highly detrimental to the interests of the company, the Board shall, by order, direct the public financial institutions, scheduled banks and State level institutions not to provide, during a period of ten years, from the date of the order, any financial assistance to such person or any firm of which person is a partner or any company or other body corporate of which such person is a director (by whatever name called).</p>
<p>(3) No order shall be made by the Board under this section against any person unless such person has been given an opportunity for making his submissions.</p>
<p>(4) This section shall apply notwithstanding that the matter is one for which the person may be criminally liable.</p>
<p>25. Appeal<br />
(1) Any person aggrieved by an order of the Board made under this Act may, within forty-five days from the date on which a copy of the order is issued to him, prefer an appeal to the appellate authority:</p>
<p>PROVIDED that the appellate authority may entertain any appeal after the said period of forty-five days but not after sixty days from the date aforesaid if it is satisfied that the appellant was prevented by sufficient cause from filing the appeal in time.</p>
<p>(2) On receipt of an appeal under sub-section (1), the appellate authority may, after giving an opportunity to the appellant to be heard, if he so desires, and after making such further inquiry as it deems fit, confirm, modify or set aside the order. appealed against 2[or remand the matter to the Board for fresh consideration.]</p>
<p>26. Bar of jurisdiction<br />
No order passed or proposal made under this Act shall be appealable except as provided therein and no civil court shall have jurisdiction in respect of any matter which the appellate authority or the Board is empowered by, or under this Act to determine and no injunction shall be granted by any court or other authority in respect of any action taken or to be taken in pursuance of any power conferred by or under this Act.</p>
<p>27. Delegation of powers<br />
The Board may, by general or special order, delegate, subject to such conditions and limitations, if any, as may be specified in the order, to any member or Secretary or other officer or employee of the Board or other person authorised by the Board to manage any industrial company or industrial undertaking or any operating agency, such powers and duties except the powers and duties under sub-sections (2) and (4) of section 16, section 17, sub-sections (3) and (4) of section 19, sub-sections (1) and (4) of section 20, sub-section (3) of section 22 and section 24 under this Act as it may deem necessary.</p>
<p>28. Returns and information<br />
(1) The Board shall furnish from time to time to the Central Government such returns as the Central Government may require.</p>
<p>(2) The Board may, for the purpose of efficient discharge of its functions under this Act, collect from, or furnish to-</p>
<p>(a) the Central Government,</p>
<p>(b) the Reserve Bank,</p>
<p>(c) the scheduled bank or any other bank,</p>
<p>(d) the public financial institution, 15[* * *]</p>
<p>(e) the State-level institution, 2[or</p>
<p>(f) the sick industrial company and in case of amalgamation, the other company,]</p>
<p>such information as it may consider useful for the purpose in such manner and within such time as it may think fit.</p>
<p>29. Power to seek the assistance of Chief Metropolitan Magistrate and District Magistrate<br />
(1) The Board or any operating agency, on being directed by the board, may, in order to take into custody or under its control all property, effects and actionable claims to which a sick industrial company is or appears to be entitled, request, in writing, the Chief Metropolitan Magistrate or the District Magistrate within whose jurisdiction any property, books of account or any other documents of such sick industrial company be situate or be found, to take possession thereof, and the Chief Metropolitan Magistrate or the District Magistrate, as the case may be, shall, on such request being made to him-</p>
<p>(i) take possession of such property, books of accounts or other documents; and</p>
<p>(ii) cause the same to be entrusted to the Board or the operating agency.</p>
<p>(2) For the purpose of securing compliance with the provisions of sub-section (1), the Chief Metropolitan Magistrate or the District Magistrate may take or cause to be taken such steps and use or cause to be used such force as may, in his opinion, be necessary.</p>
<p>(3) No act of the Chief Metropolitan Magistrate or the District Magistrate done in pursuance of this section shall be called in question in any court or before any authority on any ground whatsoever.</p>
<p>30. Protection of action taken in good faith<br />
No suit or other legal proceeding shall lie against the Board or the appellate authority, or the Chairman or any other member, officer or other employee of the Board or the appellate authority, or operating agency or any other person authorised by the Board or the appellate authority to discharge any function under this Act for any loss or damage caused or likely to be caused by any action which is in good faith done or intended to be done in pursuance of this Act.</p>
<p>31. Saving of pending proceedings<br />
Where a receiver or an official liquidator has been appointed in any proceeding pending immediately before the commencement of this Act, in any High Court for winding up of an industrial company such proceeding shall not abate but continue in that High Court 2[and no proceeding in respect of such industrial company shall lie or be proceeded with further before the Board.]</p>
<p>32. Effect of the Act on other laws<br />
(1) The provisions of this Act and of any rules or schemes made thereunder shall have effect notwithstanding anything inconsistent therewith contained in any other law except the provisions of the Foreign Exchange Regulation Act, 1973 (46 of 1973) and the Urban land (Ceiling and Regulation) Act, 1976 (33 of 1976) for the time being in force or in the Memorandum or Articles of Association of an industrial company or in any other instrument having effect by virtue of any law other than this Act.</p>
<p>(2) Where there has been under any scheme under this Act an amalgamation of a sick industrial company with another company, the provisions of section 72A of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (43 of 1961) shall, subject to the modifications that the power of the Central Government under that section may be exercised by the Board without any recommendation by the specified authority referred to in that section, apply in relation to such amalgamation as they apply in relation to the amalgamation of a company owning an industrial undertaking with another company.</p>
<p>16[* * * ]</p>
<p>33. Penalty for certain offences<br />
(1) Whoever violates the provisions of this Act or any scheme, or any order of the Board, or the appellate authority and whoever makes a false statement or gives false evidence to the Board or the appellate authority, shall be punishable with simple imprisonment for a term which may extend to three years and shall also be liable to fine.</p>
<p>(2) No court shall take cognisance of any offence under sub-section (1) except on a complaint in writing of the Secretary or any such other officer of the Board or the appellate authority or any such officer of an operating agency as may be authorised in this behalf by the Board or the appellate authority.</p>
<p>34. Offences by companies<br />
(1) Where any offence, punishable under this Act has been committed by a company, every person who, at the time the offence was committed was in charge of, and was responsible to the company for the conduct of the business of the company, as well as the company, shall be deemed to be guilty of the offence and shall be liable to be proceeded against and punished accordingly:</p>
<p>PROVIDED that nothing contained in this sub-section shall render any such person liable to any punishment, if he proves that the offence was committed without his knowledge or that he had exercised all due diligence to prevent the commission of such offence.</p>
<p>(2) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (1), where any offence punishable under this Act has been committed by a company and it is proved that the offence has been committed with the consent or connivance of, or is attributable to any neglect on the part of, any director, manager, secretary or other officer of the company, such director, manager, secretary or other officer shall also be deemed to be guilty of that offence and shall be liable to be proceeded against and punished accordingly.</p>
<p>Explanation : For the purposes of this section-</p>
<p>(a) company means any body corporate and includes a firm or other association of individuals; and</p>
<p>(b) director in relation to a firm, means a partner in the firm.</p>
<p>35. Power to remove difficulties<br />
If any difficulty arises in giving effect to the provisions of this Act or the rules, schemes or orders made thereunder, the Central Government may, by notification, remove the difficulty:</p>
<p>PROVIDED that no such notification shall be made by the Central Government after the expiry of a period of three years from the date on which this Act receives the assent of the President.</p>
<p>36. Power to make rules<br />
(1) The Central Government may, by notification, make rules for carrying out the provisions of this Act.</p>
<p>(2) In particular and without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing power, such rules may provide for all or any of the following matters, namely-</p>
<p>(a) the salaries and allowances payable to and other terms and conditions of service of the Chairman and other members under sub-section (7) of section 6;</p>
<p>(b) the powers which may be exercised and the duties which may be performed by the Secretary to the Board or the appellate authority under sub-section (1) of section 8;</p>
<p>(c) the restrictions and conditions subject to which officers and employees may be appointed to the Board or the appellate authority under sub-section (2) of section 8;</p>
<p>(d) the salaries and allowances and other conditions of service of the Secretary and other officers and employees of the Board or the appellate authority under sub-section (3) of section 8;</p>
<p>(e) the additional matters referred to in sub-section (3) of section 13;.</p>
<p>(f) any other matter which is required to be, or may be, prescribed.</p>
<p>(3) Every rule made under this Act shall be laid, as soon as may be, after it is made before each House of Parliament, while it is in session, for a total period of thirty days which may be comprised in one session or in two or more successive sessions, and if, before the expiry of the session immediately following the session or the successive sessions aforesaid, both Houses agree in making any modification in the rule or both. Houses agree that the rule should not be made, the rule shall thereafter have effect only in such modified form or be of no effect, as the case may be so, however, that any such modification or annulment shall be without prejudice to the validity of anything previously done under that rule.</p>
<p>THE SCHEDULE : DECLARATION OF FIDELITY AND SECRECY<br />
[Sections 6(8) and 8(3)]</p>
<p>I, &#8230;&#8230;&#8230;&#8230;&#8230;&#8230;&#8230;&#8230;&#8230;, do hereby declare that I will faithfully, truly and to the best of my skills and ability, execute and perform the duties required of me as the Chairman/ Member/ Secretary/ other officer or employee of the Board for the Industrial and Financial Reconstruction/ the Appellate Authority for the Industrial and Financial Reconstruction and which properly relate to the office or position held by me in or in relation to the said Board/ Appellate Authority.</p>
<p>I further declare that I will not communicate or allow to be communicated to any person not legally entitled thereto any information relating to the affairs of the Board/ Appellate Authority, nor will I allow any such person to inspect or have access to any books or documents belonging to or in possession of the Board/ Appellate Authority or the business of any person having any dealing with the said Board/ Appellate Authority.</p>
<p>Signed before me Signature</p>
<p>Foot Notes</p>
<p>1 The words and figures, but does not include a government company as defined in s. 617 of that Act omitted by Act No. 57 of 1991.</p>
<p>2 Inserted by Act No. 12 of 1994.</p>
<p>3 Substituted by Act No. 12 of 1994.</p>
<p>4 Sections 15 to 34 came into force w.e.f. 15th. May, 1987, vide Notification No. So. 444(E), dated 28th. April, 1987.</p>
<p>5 Substituted for the word shall by Act No. 12 of 1994.</p>
<p>6 Substituted for the words make its net worth positive by Act No. 12 of 1994.</p>
<p>7 Clause (c) substituted by Act No. 12 of 1994.</p>
<p>8 Substituted for the words transferee industrial company by Act No. 12 of 1994.</p>
<p>9 The word industrial omitted by Act No. 12 of 1994.</p>
<p>20 The words of the sick industrial company omitted by Act No. 12 of 1994.</p>
<p>11 Substituted by Act No. 12 of 1994, for the words in relation to an inquiry or scheme.</p>
<p>12 Substituted for the words an industrial company by Act No. 12 of 1994.</p>
<p>13 Substituted for the words during the period by Act No. 12 of 1994.</p>
<p>14 Substituted for the words preceding five financial years by Act No. 12 of 1994.</p>
<p>15 The word or omitted by Act No. 12 of 1994.</p>
<p>16 Omitted by Act No. 12 of 1994</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.legalindia.in/sick-industrial-companies-special-provisions-act-1985/feed</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>THE ALCOCK ASHDOWN COMPANY LIMITED (ACQUISITION OF UNDERTAKINGS) ACT,1973</title>
		<link>http://www.legalindia.in/the-alcock-ashdown-company-limited-acquisition-of-undertakings-act1973</link>
		<comments>http://www.legalindia.in/the-alcock-ashdown-company-limited-acquisition-of-undertakings-act1973#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 07 Jun 2009 09:56:46 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Legal India</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Corporate & Commercial Law Act & Rules]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.legalindia.in/?p=1195</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[1. Short title. This Act may be called the Alcock Ashdown Company Limited (Acquisition of Undertakings) Act, 1973.2.Definitions. 2. Definitions. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires,&#8211; (a) &#8220;appointed day&#8221; means the date on which this Act comes into force; 418.(b) &#8220;company&#8221; means the Alcock Ashdown Company Limited, being a company as defined in [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>1. Short title. This Act may be called the Alcock Ashdown Company<br />
Limited (Acquisition of Undertakings) Act, 1973.2.Definitions.</p>
<p>2. Definitions. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires,&#8211;</p>
<p>(a) &#8220;appointed day&#8221; means the date on which this Act comes into force;</p>
<p>418.(b) &#8220;company&#8221; means the Alcock Ashdown Company Limited, being a company as defined in the Companies Act, 1956.(1 of 1956), and having its registered office in the<br />
State of Maharashtra;</p>
<p>(c) &#8220;Court&#8221; means the High Court at Bombay;</p>
<p>1*[(ca) "notification" means a notification published in the<br />
Official Gazette;</p>
<p>(cb) "undertakings of the company" means--</p>
<p>(i) the industrial unit owned by the company and located at<br />
Bhavnagar in the State of Gujarat (hereinafter referred to as the Bhavnagar unit); and</p>
<p>(ii) the industrial unit owned by the company and located at<br />
Bombay in the State of Maharashtra (hereinafter referred to as the Bombay unit);]</p>
<p>(d) words and expressions used herein and not defined but defined in the Companies Act, 1956 (1 of 1956), have the meanings respectively assigned to them in that Act.</p>
<p>3.Undertakings of the company to vest in the Central Government.</p>
<p>3. Undertakings of the company to vest in the Central Government.<br />
On and from the appointed day, the undertakings of the company shall, by virtue of this Act, be transferred to, and shall vest in, the<br />
Central Government.</p>
<p>4.General effect of vesting.</p>
<p>4. General effect of vesting. (1) The undertakings of the company shall be deemed to include all assets, rights, powers, authorities and privileges and all property, movable and immovable, cash balances, reserve funds, investments and all other rights and interests in, or arising out of, such property as were immediately before the appointed day in the ownership, possession, power or control of the company,<br />
2*[in relation to the undertakings] whether within or outside India, and all books of account, registers and all other documents of whatever nature relating thereto.</p>
<p>2*[Explanation.--For the avoidance of doubts, it is hereby declared that the expression "undertakings of the company" does not include--</p>
<p>(a) any debts due to the company; and</p>
<p>(b) any amounts recoverable by the company from its shareholders or directors.]</p>
<p>(2) All property included as aforesaid in the undertakings which have vested in the Central Government under section 3 shall, by force of such vesting, be freed and discharged from any trusts, obligations, mortgages, charges, liens and other incumbrances affecting it, and any attachment, injunction or any decree or order of any court restricting the use of such property in any manner shall be deemed to have been withdrawn.</p>
<p>(3) If, on the appointed day, any suit, appeal or other proceeding of whatever nature in relation to any business of the undertakings of the company is pending by or against the company, the same shall not abate, be discontinued or be, in any way, prejudicially affected by reason of the transfer of the undertakings of the company or of any<br />
&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;<br />
1 Ins. by Act 38 of 1988, s. 2.2 Ins. by Act 33 of 1974, s. 2 (w.e.f. 14-12-1973).</p>
<p>419.thing contained in this Act but the suit, appeal or other proceeding may be continued, prosecuted and enforced by or against the company.</p>
<p>5.Duty to deliver possession of the undertaking and documents relatingthereto.</p>
<p>5. Duty to deliver possession of the undertaking and documents relating thereto. (1) Notwithstanding any decree, judgment or order of any court or anything contained in any other law for the time being in force, the Receiver, Official Liquidator of the company or any other person, in whose possession or custody or under whose control the undertakings of the company or any part thereof may be, shall deliver possession of the undertakings of the company or such part thereof as may be in his possession, custody or control to the Central Government forthwith.</p>
<p>(2) The Receiver, Official Liquidator or any other person who has, on the appointed day, in his possession or under his custody or control any books, documents or other papers relating to the undertakings of the company which have vested, under section 3, in the<br />
Central Government, shall be liable to account for the said books, document or other papers to the Central Government or to such person as the Central Government may specify in this behalf.</p>
<p>(3) The Central Government may take, or cause to be taken, all necessary steps for securing possession of the undertakings which have vested in it under section 3.6.Duty to furnish particulars.</p>
<p>6. Duty to furnish particulars. (1) The company shall, within such period as the Central Government may allow in this behalf, furnish to that Government a complete inventory of all the properties and assets of the company, as on the appointed day, pertaining to the undertakings which have vested in the Central Government under section<br />
3.(2) So much of the obligation of the company under sub-section<br />
(1) as relates to the properties and assets of the company in the possession, custody or control of the Receiver shall be discharged by him and so much of that obligation as relates to the properties and assets in the possession, custody or control of the Official<br />
Liquidator shall be discharged by the Official Liquidator.</p>
<p>7.Payment of amount.</p>
<p>7. Payment of amount. (1) The Central Government shall deposit, in cash, in Court, to the credit of the company, an amount equal to the sum of rupees one crore for the transfer to, and vesting in, the<br />
Central Government, under section 3, of the undertakings of the company.</p>
<p>(2) For the avoidance of doubts, it is hereby declared that the liabilities of the company in relation to the undertakings which have vested in the Central Government under section 3, shall be met from the amount referred to in sub-section (1).</p>
<p>420.(3) In meeting the liabilities of the company in relation to the undertakings which have vested in the Central Government under section<br />
3, the Court shall distribute the amount referred to in sub-section<br />
(1) amongst the creditors of the company, whether secured or unsecured, in accordance with their rights and interests, and if there is any surplus left after such distribution, amongst the contributories of the company in accordance with the rights and interests of such contributories.</p>
<p>8.Management and administration of the undertakings.</p>
<p>8. Management and administration of the undertakings. The undertakings, which have vested in the Central Government under section 3, shall be managed on behalf of the Central Government by such person or body of persons (including one or more Government companies, whether in existence at the commencement of this Act or incorporated thereafter) as may be nominated by the Central Government in this behalf, and such person or body of persons shall carry on the management in accordance with such regulations as may be made by the<br />
Central Government in this behalf.</p>
<p>8A.</p>
<p>Vesting of the Bhavnagar unit in the State Government.</p>
<p>1*[8A. Vesting of the Bhavnagar unit in the State Government. (1)<br />
Notwithstanding anything contained in sections 3 and 4 the Central<br />
Government shall direct by notification that all assets, rights, powers, authorities and privileges and all property, movable and immovable, cash balances, reserve funds, investments and all other rights and interests in, or arising out of, such property of the<br />
Bhavnagar unit which have vested in the Central Government under section 3, shall, instead of continuing to vest in the Central<br />
Government, vest in the State Government of Gujarat (hereinafter referred to as the State Government), either on the date of publication of the notification or on such later date as may be specified in the notification.</p>
<p>(2) Where the assets, rights, powers, authorities and privileges and all property, movable and immovable, cash balances, reserve funds, investments and all other rights and interests in, or arising out of, such property of the Bhavnagar unit vest, under sub-section (1), in the State Government that Government shall, on and from the date of such vesting, be deemed to have become the owner of such unit and rights and liabilities of the Central Government in relation to that unit shall, on and from the date of such vesting, be deemed to have become the rights and liabilities of the State Government.</p>
<p>8B.</p>
<p>Vesting of Bombay unit in Government company.</p>
<p>8B. Vesting of Bombay unit in Government company. (1)<br />
Notwithstanding anything contained in sections 3 and 4, the Central<br />
Government shall direct by notification that all assets, rights, powers, authorities and privileges and all property, movable and immovable, cash balances, reserve funds, investments and all other rights and interests in, or arising out of, such property of the<br />
Bombay unit which have vested in the Central Government under section<br />
3, shall, instead of continuing to vest in the Central Government, vest in the Mazagon Dock Limited, a Government company having its registered office in the State of Maharashtra (hereinafter referred to as the Government company), either on the date of publication of the notification or on such later date as may be specified in the notification.</p>
<p>(2) Where the assets, rights, powers, authorities and privileges and all property, movable and immovable, cash balances, reserve funds, investments and all other rights and interests in, or arising out of, such property of the Bombay unit vest, under sub-section (1), the<br />
Government company, that company shall, on and from the date of such vesting, be deemed to have become the owner of such unit and the rights and liabilities of the Central Government in relation to that unit shall, on and from the date of such vesting, be deemed to have become the rights and liabilities of the Government company.</p>
<p>8C.</p>
<p>Employment of certain employees to continue when Bhavnagar unit vestsunder section 8A.</p>
<p>8C. Employment of certain employees to continue when Bhavnagar unit vests under section 8A. (1) Where the assets, rights, powers, authorities and privileges and all property, movable and immovable, cash balances, reserve funds, investments and other rights and interests in, or arising out of such property of the Bhavnagar unit vest, under section 8A in the State Government, every person who has been, immediately before the date of such vesting, employed in that unit shall become, on and from the date of such vesting, an employee of the State Government, and shall hold office or service under that<br />
State Government with the same rights and privileges as to pension, gratuity and other matters as would have been admissible to him if there had been no such vesting and shall continue to do so unless and until his employment under the State Government is duly terminated or until his remuneration and other conditions of service are duly altered by the State Government.</p>
<p>(2) Notwithstanding anything contained in the Industrial Disputes<br />
Act, 1947 (14 of 1947) or in any other law for the time being in force, the transfer of the services of any officer or other person employed in the Bhavnagar unit to the State Government, shall not entitle such officer or other employee to any compensation under this<br />
Act or under any other law for the time being in force and no such claim shall be entertained by any court, tribunal or other authority.</p>
<p>(3) Where under the terms of any contract of service otherwise, any person, whose services become transferred to the State Government by reason of the provisions of this Act, is entitled to any arrears of salary or wages or any payments for any leave not availed of or any other payment, not being payment by way of gratuity or pension, such person may enforce his claim against the Central Government, but not against the State Government.</p>
<p>8D.</p>
<p>Transfer of provident fund and other fund when undertakings vest undersection<br />
8A.</p>
<p>8D. Transfer of provident fund and other fund when undertakings vest under section 8A. (1) Where a provident fund, superannuation fund, welfare fund or any other fund has been established for the benefit of the persons employed in the Bhavnagar unit, the monies relatable to the officers or other employees, whose services have become transferred by or under this Act to the State Government shall stand transferred to, and vest in, the State Government.</p>
<p>(2) The monies which stand transferred under sub-section (1) to the State Government shall be dealt with by that Government for the benefit of the officers and employees so transferred in such manner as the State Government may decide from time to time.</p>
<p>8E.</p>
<p>Saving of contracts, etc.</p>
<p>8E. Saving of contracts, etc. All contracts, deeds, bonds, agreements and other instruments of whatever nature to which the<br />
Central Government is a party in relation to the Bhavnagar unit vested in the State Government under section 8A subsisting or having effect immediately before the date of vesting of the said unit in the State<br />
Government shall, as from that day, be of full force and effect against, or in the State Government and may be enforced fully and effectual if, instead of the Central Government, the State Government been a party thereto.</p>
<p>8F.</p>
<p>Power to remove difficulties.</p>
<p>8F. Power to remove difficulties. (1) If any difficulty arises in giving effect to the provisions of sections 8A, 8B, 8C, 8D and 8E, the<br />
Central Government may, by the order published in the Official<br />
Gazette, not inconsistent with the provisions of this Act, remove the difficulty:</p>
<p>Provided that no such order shall be made after the expiry of a period of two years from the coming into force of the Alcock Ashdown<br />
Company Limited (Acquisition of Undertakings) Amendment Act, 1988.(2) Every order made under sub-section (1) shall be laid before each House of Parliament.]</p>
<p>9.Penalties.</p>
<p>9. Penalties. (1) Any person who&#8211;</p>
<p>(a) having in his possession, custody or control any property forming part of the undertakings of the company, wrongfully withholds such property from the<br />
Central Government; or</p>
<p>(b) wrongfully obtains possession of any property forming part of the undertakings of the company which have vested in the Central Government under this Act; or</p>
<p>(c) wilfully withholds or fails to furnish to the Central<br />
Government as required by sub-section (2) of section 5.any document which may be in his possession, custody or control; or</p>
<p>(d) wilfully fails to furnish an inventory as required under section 6; or</p>
<p>(e) when required to furnish such inventory, furnishes any particulars therein which are false and which he either knows or believes to be false or does not believe to be true,</p>
<p>shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine, or with both:</p>
<p>Provided that the court trying any offence under clause (a) or clause (b) or clause (c) of this sub-section may, at the time of convicting the accused person, order him to deliver up or refund within a time to be fixed by the court any property wrongfully withheld<br />
&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;<br />
1 Ins. by Act 38 of 1988, s. 3.421.or wrongfully obtained or any document wilfully withheld or not furnished.</p>
<p>(2) No court shall take cognizance of any offence punishable under this section except with the previous sanction of the Central<br />
Government or of an officer authorised by that Government in this behalf.</p>
<p>10.Offences by companies.</p>
<p>10. Offences by companies. (1) Where an offence under this Act has been committed by a company, every person who at the time the offence was committed was in charge of, and was responsible to, the company for the conduct of the business of the company as well as the company, shall be deemed to be guilty of the offence and shall be liable to be proceeded against and punished accordingly:</p>
<p>Provided that nothing contained in this sub-section shall render any such person liable to any punishment, if he proves that the offence was committed without his knowledge or that he had exercised all due diligence to prevent the commission of such offence.</p>
<p>(2) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (1), where any offence under this Act has been committed by a company and it is proved that the offence has been committed with the consent or connivance of, or is attributable to any neglect on the part of any director, manager, secretary or other officer of the company, such director, manager, secretary or other officer shall be deemed to be guilty of that offence and shall be liable to be proceeded against and punished accordingly.</p>
<p>Explanation.&#8211;For the purposes of this section,&#8211;</p>
<p>(a) &#8220;company&#8221; means any body corporate and includes a firm or other association of individuals; and</p>
<p>(b) &#8220;director&#8221;, in relation to a firm, means a partner in the firm.</p>
<p>11.Protection of action taken in good faith.</p>
<p>11. Protection of action taken in good faith. No suit, prosecution or other legal proceeding shall lie against the Central<br />
Government or an officer or other employee serving in connection with the affairs of the undertakings of the company for anything which is in good faith done or intended to be done under this Act.</p>
<p>12.Power to make regulations.</p>
<p>12. Power to make regulations. (1) The Central Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, make regulations with regard to the matters specified in section 8.(2) Every regulation made by the Central Government under this<br />
Act shall be laid, as soon as may be after it is made, before each<br />
House of Parliament, while it is in session, for a total period of thirty days which may be comprised in one session or in two or more successive sessions, and if, before the expiry of the session immediately following the session or the successive sessions aforesaid, both Houses agree in making any modification in the regulation or both Houses agree that the regulation should not be made, the regulation shall thereafter have effect only in such modified form or be of no effect, as the case may be; so, however, that any such modification or annulment shall be without prejudice to the validity of anything previously done under that regulation.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.legalindia.in/the-alcock-ashdown-company-limited-acquisition-of-undertakings-act1973/feed</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>THE ARBITRATION (PROTOCOL AND CONVENTION) ACT, 1937</title>
		<link>http://www.legalindia.in/the-arbitration-protocol-and-convention-act-1937</link>
		<comments>http://www.legalindia.in/the-arbitration-protocol-and-convention-act-1937#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 07 Jun 2009 09:52:57 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Legal India</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Corporate & Commercial Law Act & Rules]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.legalindia.in/?p=1192</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[WHEREAS India was a State signatory to the Protocol* on Arbitra- tion Clauses set forth in the First Schedule, and to the Convention on the Execution of Foreign Arbitral Awards set forth in the Second Schedule, subject in each case to a reservation of the right to limit its obligations in respect thereof to contracts [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>WHEREAS India was a State signatory to the Protocol* on Arbitra-<br />
tion Clauses set forth in the First Schedule, and to the Convention on the Execution of Foreign Arbitral Awards set forth in the Second<br />
Schedule, subject in each case to a reservation of the right to limit its obligations in respect thereof to contracts which are considered as commercial under the law in force in 2* * * *India;</p>
<p>AND WHEREAS it is expedient, for the purpose of giving effect to the said Protocol and of enabling the said Convention to become operative in 2* * * *India, to make certain further provisions respecting the law of arbitration;</p>
<p>It is hereby enacted as follows:-</p>
<p>1.Short title, extent and operation.</p>
<p>1. Short title, extent and operation.-(1) This Act may be called the Arbitration (Protocol and Convention) Act, 1937.3*[ (2) It extends to the whole of India 4* * * *.]</p>
<p>(3) The provisions of this Act, except this section, shall have effect only from such date as the Central Government may, by noti-<br />
fication in the Official Gazette, appoint in this behalf, and the<br />
Central Government may appoint different dates 5* for the coming into effect of different provisions of the Act.</p>
<p>2.Interpretation.</p>
<p>2. Interpretation.-In this Act 6* * * * &#8220;foreign award&#8221; means an award on differences relating to matters considered as commercial under the law in force in 7*[India] made after the 28th day of July,<br />
1924,-</p>
<p>(a) in pursuance of an agreement for arbitration to which the Protocol set forth in the First Schedule applies, and</p>
<p>&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;-<br />
1 This Act ceased to have effect in relation to foreign awards to which Act 45 of 1961 applies vide Act 45 of 1961, s. 10, in respect to territories to be notified under s. 2(b), ibid.</p>
<p>2 The words &#8220;the Provinces of&#8221; omitted by the A. O. 1950.</p>
<p>3 Subs., ibid., for sub-section (2).</p>
<p>4 The words &#8220;except Part B States&#8221; omitted by Act 3 of 1951. s. 3.and Sch.</p>
<p>5 S. 3 came into effect on the 30th November, 1937, see Gazette of India, 1937, Pt. I, P. 1945 ; and s. 2 and 4 to 10 on the 23rd<br />
January, 1938, see ibid., 1938, Pt. I, p.25.6 Definition of &#8220;States&#8221; ins. by the A. O. 1950 was omitted by<br />
Act 3 of 1951 , s. 3 and Sch.</p>
<p>7 Subs. by Act 3 of 1951, s. 3 and Sch., for &#8221; the States&#8221;.<br />
&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;</p>
<p>4.(b) between persons of whom one is subject to the jurisdiction of some one of such Powers as the Central<br />
Government, being satisfied that reciprocal provisions have been made, may, by notification1* in the Official Gazette, declare to be parties to the Convention set forth in the<br />
Second Schedule, and of whom the other is subject to the jurisdiction of some other of the Powers aforesaid, and</p>
<p>(c) in one of such territories as the Central Government, being satisfied that reciprocal provisions have been made, may, by like notification, declare to be territories to which the said Convention applies,</p>
<p>and for the purposes of this Act an award shall not be deemed to be final if any proceedings for the purpose of contesting the validity of the award are pending in the country in which it was made.</p>
<p>3.Stay of proceedings in respect of matters to be referred to arbitration.</p>
<p>3. Stay of proceedings in respect of matters to be referred to arbitration.-Notwithstanding anything contained in the 1*[Arbitration<br />
Act, 1940] (10 of 1940), or in the Code of Civil Procedure 1908 (5.of 1908), if any party to a submission made in pursuance of an agreement to which the Protocol set forth in the First Schedule as modified by the reservation subject to which it was signed by India applies, or any person claiming through or under him, commences any legal proceedings in any Court against any other party to the submission or any person claiming through or under him in respect of any matter agreed to be referred, any party to such legal proceedings may, at any time after appearance and before filing a written statement or taking any other steps in the proceedings, apply to the<br />
Court to stay the proceedings; and the Court, unless satisfied that the agreement or arbitration has become inoperative or cannot proceed, or that there is not in fact any dispute between the parties with regard to the matter agreed to be referred, shall make an order staying the proceedings.</p>
<p>4.Effect of foreign awards.</p>
<p>4. Effect of foreign awards.-(1) A foreign award shall, subject to the provisions of this Act, be enforceable in 3[India] as if it were an award made on a matter referred to Arbitration in<br />
3*[India].</p>
<p>(2) Any foreign award which would be enforceable under this Act shall be treated as binding for all purposes on the persons as between whom it was made, and may accordingly be relied on by any of those persons by way of defence, set off or otherwise in any legal proceedings in 3*[India], and any references in this Act to enforcing a foreign award shall be construed as including references to relying on an award.</p>
<p>&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;-<br />
1 For such notification, see Gazette of India, 1938, Pt. I, p. 24.2 Subs. by Act 32 of 1940, s. 3 and Sch. II, for &#8220;Indian<br />
Arbitration Act, 1899&#8243;.</p>
<p>3 Subs. by Act 3 of 1951, s. 3 and Sch., for &#8221; the States&#8221;<br />
&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8211;</p>
<p>4A</p>
<p>5.Filing of foreign award in Court.</p>
<p>5. Filing of foreign award in Court.-(1) Any person interested in a foreign award may apply to any Court having jurisdiction over the subject-matter of the award that the award be filed in Court.</p>
<p>5.(2) The application shall be in writing and shall be numbered and registered as a suit between the applicant as plaintiff and the other parties as defendants.</p>
<p>(3) The Court shall direct notice to be given to the parties to the arbitration, other than the applicant, requiring them to show cause, within a time specified, why the award should not be filed.</p>
<p>6.Enforcement of foreign award.</p>
<p>6. Enforcement of foreign award.-(1) Where the Court is satisfied that the foreign award is enforceable under this Act, the<br />
Court shall order the award to be filed and shall proceed to pronounce judgment according to the award.</p>
<p>(2) Upon the judgment so pronounced a decree shall follow, and no appeal shall lie from such decree except in so far as the decree is in excess of or not in accordance with the award.</p>
<p>7.Conditions for enforcement of foreign awards.</p>
<p>7. Conditions for enforcement of foreign awards.-(1) In order that a foreign award may be enforceable under this Act it must have-</p>
<p>(a) been made in pursuance of an agreement for arbitration which was valid under the law by which it was governed,</p>
<p>(b) been made by the tribunal provided for in the agreement or constituted in manner agreed upon by the parties,</p>
<p>(c) been made in conformity with the law governing the arbitration procedure,</p>
<p>(d) become final in the country in which it was made,</p>
<p>(e) been in respect of a matter which may lawfully be referred to arbitration under the law of 1*[India],</p>
<p>and the enforcement thereof must not be contrary to the public policy or the law of 1*[India].</p>
<p>(2) A foreign award shall not be enforceable under this Act if the Court dealing with the case is satisfied that&#8211;</p>
<p>(a) the award has been annulled in the country in which it was made, or</p>
<p>(b) the party against whom it is sought to enforce the award was not given notice of the arbitration proceedings in sufficient time to enable him to present his case, or was under some legal incapacity and was not properly represented, or</p>
<p>(c) the award does not deal with all the questions referred or contains decisions on matters beyond the scope of the agreement for arbitration :</p>
<p>Provided that if the award does not deal with all questions referred the Court may, if it thinks fit, either postpone the enforcement of the award or order its enforcement subject to the giving of</p>
<p>&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;-<br />
1 Subs. by Act 3 of 1951, s. 3 and Sch., for &#8221; the States&#8221;.<br />
&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;-</p>
<p>6.such security by the person seeking to enforce it as the Court may think fit.</p>
<p>(3) If a party seeking to resist the enforcement of a foreign award proves that there is any ground other than the non-existence of the conditions specified in clauses (a), (b) and (c) of sub-section<br />
(1), or the existence of the conditions specified in clauses (b) and<br />
(c) of subsection (2), entitling him to contest the validity of the award, the Court may,. if it thinks fit, either refuse to enforce the award or adjourn the hearing until after the expiration of such period as appears to the Court to be reasonably sufficient to enable that party to take the necessary steps to have the award annulled by the competent tribunal.</p>
<p>8.Evidence.</p>
<p>8. Evidence.-(1) The party seeking to enforce a foreign award must produce-</p>
<p>(a) the original award or a copy thereof duly authenticated in manner required by the law of the country in which it was made;</p>
<p>(b) evidence proving that the award has become final ; and</p>
<p>(c) such evidence as may be necessary to prove that the award is a foreign award and that the conditions mentioned in clauses (a), (b) and (c) of sub-section (1) of section 7 are satisfied.</p>
<p>(2) Where any document requiring to be produced under sub-section<br />
(1) is in a foreign language, the party seeking to enforce the award shall produce a translation into English certified as correct by a diplomatic or consular agent of the country to which that party belongs or certified as correct in such other manner as may be sufficient according to the law in force in 1*[India].</p>
<p>9.Saving.</p>
<p>9. Saving.-Nothing in this Act shall-</p>
<p>(a) prejudice any rights which any person would have had of enforcing in 1*[India] any award or of availing himself in<br />
1*[India] of any award if this Act had not been passed, or</p>
<p>(b) apply to any award made on an, arbitration agreement governed by the law of 1*[India].</p>
<p>10.Rule-making powers of the High Court.</p>
<p>10. Rule-making powers of the High Court.-The High Court may make rules consistent with this Act as to-</p>
<p>(a) the filing of foreign awards and all proceedings consequent thereon or incidental thereto;</p>
<p>(b) the evidence which must be furnished by a party seeking to enforce a foreign award under this Act; and</p>
<p>(c) generally, all proceedings in Court under this Act.<br />
&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;-<br />
1 Subs.by Act 3 of 1951, s. 3 and Sch., for &#8221; the States &#8220;.<br />
&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;-</p>
<p><strong>THE FIRST SCHEDULE</strong></p>
<p>PROTOCOL ON ARBITRATION CLAUSES</p>
<p>The undersigned, being duly authorised, declare that they accept, on behalf of the countries which they represent, the following provisions:</p>
<p>1. Each of the Contracting States recognises the validity of an agreement whether relating to existing or future differences between parties subject respectively to the jurisdiction of different<br />
Contracting States by which the parties to a contract agree to submit to arbitration all or any differences that may arise in connection with such contract relating to commercial matters or to any other matter capable of settlement by arbitration, whether or not the arbitration is to take place in a country to whose jurisdiction none of the parties is subject.</p>
<p>Each Contracting State reserves the right to limit the obligation mentioned above to contracts which are considered as commercial under its national law. Any Contracting State which avails itself of this right will notify the Secretary-General of the League of Nations in order that the other Contracting States may be so informed.</p>
<p>2. The arbitral procedure, including the constitution of the<br />
Arbitral Tribunal, shall be governed by the will of the parties and by the law of the country. in whose territory the arbitration takes place.</p>
<p>The Contracting States agree to facilitate all steps in the pro-<br />
cedure which require to be taken in their own territories, in accord-<br />
ance with the provisions of their law governing arbitral procedure applicable to existing differences.</p>
<p>3. Each Contracting State undertakes to ensure the execution by its authorities and in accordance with the provisions of its national laws of arbitral awards made in its own territory under the preceding articles.</p>
<p>4. The Tribunals of the Contracting Parties, on being seized of a dispute regarding a contract made between persons to whom Article 1.applies and including an -Arbitration Agreement whether referring to present or future differences which is valid in virtue of the said article and capable of being carried into effect, shall refer the parties on the application of either of them to the decision of the<br />
Arbitrators.</p>
<p>Such reference shall not prejudice the competence of the judicial tribunals in case the agreement or the arbitration cannot proceed or becomes inoperative.</p>
<p>5. The present Protocol, which shall. remain open for signature by all States, shall be ratified. The ratification shall be deposited as</p>
<p>8.soon as possible with the Secretary-General of the League of Nations, who shall notify such deposit to all the Signatory States.</p>
<p>6. The present Protocol will come into force as soon as two ratifications have been deposited. Thereafter it will take effect, in the case of each Contracting State, one month after the notification by the Secretary-General of the deposit of its ratification.</p>
<p>7. The present Protocol may be denounced by any Contracting<br />
State on giving one years notice. Denunciation shall be effected by a notification addressed to the Secretary-General of the League, who will immediately transmit copies of such notification to all the other<br />
Signatory States and inform them of the date on which it was received.<br />
The denunciation shall take effect one year after the date on which it was notified to the Secretary-General, and shall operate only in respect of the notifying State.</p>
<p>8. The Contracting States may declare that their acceptance of the present Protocol does not include any or all of the undermentioned territories : that is to say, their colonies, overseas possessions or territories, protectorates or the territories over which they exercise a mandate.</p>
<p>The said States may subsequently adhere separately on behalf of any territory thus excluded. The Secretary-General of the League of<br />
Nations shall be informed as soon as possible of such adhesions. He shall notify such adhesions to all Signatory States. They will take effect one month after the notification by the Secretary-General to all Signatory States.</p>
<p>The Contracting States may also denounce the Protocol separately on behalf of any of the territories referred to above. Article 7.applies to such denunciation.</p>
<p><strong>THE SECOND SCHEDULE</strong><br />
Article 1.-In the territories of any High Contracting Party to which the present Convention applies, an arbitral award made in pursuance of an agreement, whether relating to existing or future differences (hereinafter called &#8221; a submission to arbitration &#8220;)<br />
covered by the Protocol on Arbitration Clauses opened at Geneva on<br />
September 24th, 1923, shall be recognised as binding and shall be enforced in accordance with the rules of the procedure of the territory where the award is relied upon, provided that the said award has been made in a territory of one of the High Contracting Parties to which the present Convention applies and between persons who are subject to the jurisdiction of one of the High Contracting Parties.</p>
<p>CONVENTION ON THE EXECUTION OF FOREIGN ARBITRAL AWARDS</p>
<p>9.To obtain such recognition or enforcement, it shall, further, be necessary :</p>
<p>(a) That the award has been made in pursuance of a submission to arbitration which is valid under the law applicable thereto ;</p>
<p>(b) That the subject-matter of the award is capable of settlement by arbitration under the law of the country in which the award is sought to be relied upon ;</p>
<p>(c) That the award has been made by the Arbitral Tribunal provided for in the submission to arbitration or constituted in the manner agreed upon by the parties and in conformity with the law governing the arbitration procedure ;</p>
<p>(d) That the award has become final in the country in which it has been made, in the sense that it will not be considered as such if it is open to opposition, appel or pourvoi en cassation (in the countries where such forms of procedure exist) or if it is proved that any proceedings for the purpose of contesting the validity of the award are pending;</p>
<p>(e) That the recognition or enforcement of the award is not contrary to the public policy or to the principles of the law of the country in which it is sought to be relied upon.</p>
<p>Article 2.-Even if the conditions laid down in Article 1 hereof are fulfilled, recognition and enforcement of the award shall be refused if the Court is satisfied:</p>
<p>(a) That the award has been annulled in the country in which it was made ;</p>
<p>(b) That the party against whom it is sought to use the award was not given notice of the arbitration proceedings in sufficient time to enable him to present his case ; or that, being under a legal incapacity, he was not properly represented ;</p>
<p>(c) That the award does not deal with the differences contemplated by or falling within the terms of the submission to arbitration or that it contains decisions on matters beyond the scope of the submission to arbitration,</p>
<p>If the award has not covered all the questions submitted to the arbitral tribunal, the competent authority of the country where recognition or enforcement of the award is sought can, if it thinks fit, postpone such recognition or enforcement or grant it subject to such guarantee as that authority may decide.</p>
<p>10.Article 3.-If the party against whom the award has been made proves that, under the law governing the arbitration. procedure, there is a ground, other than the grounds referred to in Article 1 (a) and<br />
(c), and Article 2 (b) and (c), entitling him to contest the validity of the award in a Court of Law, the Court may, if it thinks fit, either refuse recognition or enforcement of the award or adjourn the consideration thereof, giving such party a reasonable time within which to have the award annulled by the competent tribunal.</p>
<p>Article 4.-The party relying upon an award or claiming its enforcement must supply, in particular:</p>
<p>(1) The original award or a copy thereof duly authenticated, according to the requirements of the law of the country in which it was made;</p>
<p>(2) Documentary or other evidence to, prove that the award has become final, in the sense defined in, Article 1 (d), in the country in which it was made;</p>
<p>(3) When necessary, documentary or other evidence to prove that the conditions laid down in Article 1, paragraph 1 and paragraph 2 (a) and (c), have been fulfilled.</p>
<p>A translation of the award and of the other documents mentioned in this Article into the official language of the. country where the award is sought to be relied upon may be demanded. Such translations must be certified correct by a diplomatic or consular agent of the country to which the party who seeks to rely upon the award belongs or by a sworn translator of the country where the award is sought to be relied upon.</p>
<p>Article 5.-The provisions of the above Articles shall not deprive any interested party of the right of availing himself of an arbitral award in the manner and to the extent allowed by the law or the treaties of the country where such award is sought to be relied upon.</p>
<p>Article 6.-The present Convention applies only to arbitral awards made after the coming into force of the Protocol on Arbitration Clauses opened at Geneva on September 24th, 1923.Article 7.-The present Convention, which will remain open to the signature of all the signatories of the Protocol of 1923 on Arbitra-<br />
tion Clauses, shall be ratified.</p>
<p>It may be ratified only on behalf of those Members of the<br />
League .of Nations and non-Member States on whose behalf the Protocol of 1923 shall have been ratified.</p>
<p>Ratifications shall be deposited as soon as possible with the<br />
Secretary-General of the League of Nations, who will notify such deposit to all the signatories.</p>
<p>Article 8.-The present Convention shall come into force three months after it shall have been ratified on behalf of two High</p>
<p>11.Contracting Parties. Thereafter, it shall take effect, in the case of each High Contracting Party, three months after the deposit of the ratification on its behalf with the Secretary-General of the League of<br />
Nations.</p>
<p>Article 9.-The present Convention may be denounced on behalf of any Member of the League or non-Member State. Denunciation shall be notified in writing to the Secretary-General of the League of Nations, who will immediately send a copy thereof, certified to be in conformity with the notifications, to all the other Contracting<br />
Parties, at the same time informing them of the date on which he received it.</p>
<p>The denunciation shall come into force only in respect of the<br />
High Contracting Party which shall have notified it and one year after such notification shall have reached the Secretary-General of the<br />
League of Nations.</p>
<p>The denunciation of the Protocol on Arbitration Clauses shall entail, ipso facto, the denunciation of the present Convention.</p>
<p>Article 10.-The present Convention does not apply to the<br />
Colonies, Protectorates or territories under suzerainty or mandate of any High Contracting Party unless they are specially mentioned.</p>
<p>The application of this Convention to one or more of such<br />
Colonies, Protectorates or territories to which the Protocol on<br />
Arbitration Clauses opened at Geneva on September 24th, 1923, applies, can be effected at any time by means of a declaration addressed to the<br />
Secretary-General of the League of Nations by one of the High Con-<br />
tracting Parties.</p>
<p>Such declaration shall take effect three months after the deposit thereof.</p>
<p>The High Contracting Parties can at any time denounce the Con-<br />
vention for all or any of the Colonies, Protectorates or territories referred to above. Article 9 hereof applies to such denunciation.</p>
<p>Article ll.-A certified copy of the present Convention shall be transmitted by the Secretary-General of the League of Nations to every<br />
Member of the League of Nations and to every non-Member State which signs the same.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.legalindia.in/the-arbitration-protocol-and-convention-act-1937/feed</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>THE ARBITRATION ACT, 1940</title>
		<link>http://www.legalindia.in/the-arbitration-act-1940</link>
		<comments>http://www.legalindia.in/the-arbitration-act-1940#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 07 Jun 2009 09:47:33 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Legal India</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Corporate & Commercial Law Act & Rules]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.legalindia.in/?p=1189</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[CHAPTER I INTRODUCTORY 1. Short title, extent and commencement. (1) This Act may be called the Arbitration Act, 1940. (2) It extends to the whole of India 3 [except the State of Jammu and Kashmir]. (3) It shall come into force on the 1st day of July, 1940. 2. Definitions. In this Act, unless there [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">CHAPTER I</p>
<p>INTRODUCTORY</span></strong></p>
<p>1. Short title, extent and commencement. (1) This Act may be called the Arbitration Act, 1940.</p>
<p>(2) It extends to the whole of India 3 [except the State of<br />
Jammu and Kashmir].</p>
<p>(3) It shall come into force on the 1st day of July, 1940.</p>
<p>2. Definitions. In this Act, unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context,-</p>
<p>(a) &#8220;arbitration agreement&#8221; means a written agreement to submit present or future differences to arbitration, whether an arbitrator is named therein or not;</p>
<p>(b) &#8220;award&#8221; means an arbitration award;</p>
<p>(c) &#8220;Court&#8221; means a Civil Court having jurisdiction to decide the questions forming the subject-matter of the reference if the same had been the subject-matter of a suit, but does not, except for the purpose of arbitration proceed-<br />
ings under section 21, include a Small Cause Court;</p>
<p>&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;<br />
1 This Act has been extended to&#8211;</p>
<p>and brought into force in Dadra and Nagar Heveli by Reg. 6 of<br />
1963, a. 2 and Sch. I (w.e.f. 1-7-1965) ;</p>
<p>Goa. Daman and Diu by Act 30 of 1965, s. 3 (w.e.f. 15-6-1966) ;<br />
the whole of the Union territory of Lakshadweep vide Reg. 8 of 1965, s. 3 and Sch. (w.e.f. 1-10-1967) : and</p>
<p>the Union territory of Pondicherry by Act 26 of 1968, a. 3 and<br />
Sch. amended in Uttar Pradesh by U.P. Act 57 of 1976.2 The words &#8220;in the Provinces&#8221; omitted by the A. O. 1950.</p>
<p>3 Subs. by Act 3 of 1951, a. 3 and Sch., for &#8221; except Part B<br />
States&#8221;:</p>
<p>The Act shall come into force in the State of sikkim on 1.9.1984.vide Notifn. No. S.O. 646(E), dated 24.8 84 Gaz. of India, Exty. Pt.<br />
II Sec. 3(ii).</p>
<p>&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;-</p>
<p>18.(d) &#8220;legal representative&#8221; means a person who in law represents the estate of a deceased person, and includes any person who intermeddles with the estate of the deceased, and, where a party acts in a representative character, the person on whom the estate devolves on the death of the party so acting;</p>
<p>(e) &#8220;reference&#8221; means a reference to arbitration.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">CHAPTER II</p>
<p>ARBITRATION WITHOUT INTERVENTION OF A COURT<br />
</span></strong>3. Provisions implied in arbitration agreement. An arbitration agreement, unless a different intention is expressed therein, shall be deemed to include the provisions set out in the First Schedule in so far as they are applicable to the reference.</p>
<p>4.Agreement that arbitrators be appointed by the third party.</p>
<p>4. Agreement that arbitrators be appointed by the third party.<br />
The parties to an arbitration agreement may agree that any reference thereunder shall be to an arbitrator or arbitrators to be appointed by a person designated in the agreement either by name or as the holder for the time being of any office or appointment.</p>
<p>5.Authority of appointed arbitrator or umpire irrevocable except byleave of<br />
Court.</p>
<p>5. Authority of appointed arbitrator or umpire irrevocable except by leave of Court. The authority of an appointed arbitrator or umpire shall not be revocable except with the-leave of the Court, unless a contrary Intention is expressed in the arbitration agreement.</p>
<p>6.Arbitration agreement not to be discharged by death of party thereto.</p>
<p>6. Arbitration agreement not to be discharged by death of party thereto. (1) An arbitration agreement shall not be discharged by the death of any party thereto, either as respects the deceased or any other party, but shall in such event be enforceable by or against the legal representative of the deceased.</p>
<p>(2) The authority of an arbitrator shall not be revoked by the death of any party by whom he was appointed.</p>
<p>(3) Nothing in this section shall affect the operation of any law by virtue of which any right of action is extinguished by the death of a person.</p>
<p>7.Provisions in case of insolvency.</p>
<p>7. Provisions in case of insolvency. (1) Where it is provided by a term in a contract to which an insolvent is a party that any differences arising there out or in connection therewith shall be referred to arbitration, the said term shall, if the receiver adopts the contract, be enforceable by or against him so far as it relates to any such differences.</p>
<p>18A</p>
<p>(2) Where a person who has been adjudged an insolvent had, before the commencement of the insolvency proceedings, become a party to an arbitration agreement, and any matter to which the agreement applies is required to be determined in connection with, or for the purposes of, the insolvency proceedings, then, if the case is one to which subsection (1) does not apply, any other party to the agreement or the receiver may apply to the Court having jurisdiction in the insolvency proceedings for an order directing that the matter in question shall be referred to arbitration in accordance with the agreement, and the Court may, if it is of opinion that, having regard to all the circumstances of the case, the matter ought to be determined by arbitration, make an order accordingly.</p>
<p>(3) In this section the expression &#8220;receiver&#8221; includes an<br />
Official Assignee.</p>
<p>19.8.power of Court to appoint arbitrator or umpire.</p>
<p>8. power of Court to appoint arbitrator or umpire. (1) In any of the following cases,-</p>
<p>(a) where an arbitration agreement provides that the reference shall be to one or more arbitrators to be appointed by consent of the parties, and all the parties do not, after differences have arisen, concur in the appointment or appointments ; or</p>
<p>(b) if any appointed arbitrator or umpire neglects or refuses to act, or is incapable of acting, or dies, and the arbitration agreement does not show that it was intended that the vacancy should not be supplied, and the parties or the arbitrators, as the case may be, do not supply the vacancy;<br />
or</p>
<p>(c) where the parties or the arbitrators are required to appoint an umpire and do not appoint him;</p>
<p>any party may serve the other parties or the arbitrators, as the case may be, with a written notice to concur in the appointment or appointments or in supplying the vacancy.</p>
<p>(2) If the appointment is not made within fifteen clear days after the service of the said notice, the Court may, on the application of the party who gave the notice and after giving the other parties an opportunity of being heard, appoint an arbitrator or arbitrators or umpire, as the case may be, who shall have like power to act in the reference and to make an award as if he or they had been appointed by consent of all parties.</p>
<p>9.Power to party to appoint new arbitrator or in certain cases, a solearbitrator.</p>
<p>9. Power to party to appoint new arbitrator or in certain cases, a sole arbitrator. Where an arbitration agreement provides that a reference shall be to two arbitrators, one to be appointed by each party, then, unless a different intention is expressed in the agreement,-</p>
<p>(a) if either of the appointed arbitrators neglects or refuses to act, or is incapable of acting, or dies, the party who appointed him may appoint a new arbitrator in his place;</p>
<p>(b) if one party fails to appoint an arbitrator, either originally or by way of substitution as aforesaid, for fifteen clear days -after the sence by the other party of a notice in writing to make the appointment, such other party having appointed his arbitrator before giving the notice, the party who has appointed an. arbitrator may appoint that arbitrator to act as sole arbitrator in the reference, and his award shall be binding on both parties as if he had been appointed by consent:</p>
<p>Provided that the Court may set aside any appointment as sole arbitrator made under clause (b) and either, on sufficient cause being</p>
<p>20.shown, allow further time to the defaulting party to appoint an arbitrator or pass such other order as it thinks fit.</p>
<p>Explanation.-The fact that an arbitrator or umpire, after a request by either party to enter on and proceed with the reference, does not within one month comply with the request may constitute a neglect or refusal to act within the meaning of section 8 and this section.</p>
<p>10.Provisions as to appointment of three or more arbitrators.</p>
<p>10. Provisions as to appointment of three or more arbitrators.<br />
(1) Where an arbitration agreement provides that a reference shall be to three Arbitrators, one to be appointed by each party and the third by the two appointed arbitrators, the agreement shall have effect as if it provided for the appointment of an umpire, and not for the appointment of a third arbitrator, by the two arbitrators appointed by the parties.</p>
<p>(2) Where an arbitration agreement provides that a reference shall be to three arbitrators to be appointed otherwise than as men-<br />
tioned in sub-section (1), the award of the majority shall, unless the arbitration agreement otherwise provides, prevail.</p>
<p>(3) Where an arbitration agreement provides for the appointment of more arbitrators than three, the award of the majority, or if the arbitrators are equally divided in their opinions, the award of the umpire shall, unless the arbitration agreement otherwise provides, prevail.</p>
<p>11.Power to Court to remove arbitrators or umpire in certaincircumstances.</p>
<p>11. Power to Court to remove arbitrators or umpire in certain circumstances. (1) The Court may, on the application of any party to a reference, remove an arbitrator or umpire who fails to use all reasonable dispatch in entering on and proceeding with the reference and making an award.</p>
<p>(2) The Court may remove an arbitrator or umpire who has mis-<br />
conducted himself or the proceedings.</p>
<p>(3) Where an arbitrator or umpire is removed under this section, he shall not be entitled to receive any remuneration in respect of his services.</p>
<p>(4) For the purposes of this section the expression &#8221; proceeding with the reference &#8221; includes, in a case where reference to the umpire becomes necessary, giving notice of that fact to the parties and to the umpire.</p>
<p>12.Power of Court where arbitrator is removed or his authority revoked.</p>
<p>12. Power of Court where arbitrator is removed or his authority revoked. (1) Where the Court removes an umpire who has not entered on the reference or one or more arbitrators (not being all the arbitra-<br />
tors), the Court may, on the application of any party to the arbitra-<br />
tion agreement, appoint persons to fill the vacancies.</p>
<p>(2) Where the authority of an arbitrator or arbitrators or an umpire is revoked by leave of the Court, or where the Court removes an umpire who has entered on the reference or a sole arbitrator or</p>
<p>21.all the arbitrators, the Court may, on the application of any party to the arbitration agreement, either-</p>
<p>(a) appoint a person to act as sole arbitrator in the place of the person or persons displaced, or</p>
<p>(b) order that the arbitration agreement shall cease to have effect with respect to the difference referred.</p>
<p>(3) A person appointed under this section as an arbitrator or umpire shall have the like power to act in the reference and to make an award as if he had been appointed in accordance with the arbitra-<br />
tion agreement.</p>
<p>13.Powers of arbitrator.</p>
<p>13. Powers of arbitrator. The arbitrators or umpire shall, unless a different intention is expressed in the agreement, have power to-</p>
<p>(a) administer oath to the parties and witnesses appearing;</p>
<p>(b) state a special case for the opinion of the Court on any question of law involved, or state the award, wholly or in part, in the form of a special case of such question for the opinion of the Court;</p>
<p>(c) make the award conditional or in the alternative;</p>
<p>(d) correct in an award any clerical mistake or error arising from any accidental slip or omission ;</p>
<p>(e) administer to any party to the arbitration such interrogatories as may, in the opinion of the arbitrators or umpire, be necessary.</p>
<p>14.Award to be signed and filed.</p>
<p>14. Award to be signed and filed. (1)When the arbitrators or umpire have made their award, they shall sign it and shall give notice in writing to the parties of the making and signing thereof and of the amount of fees and charges payable in respect of the arbitration and award.</p>
<p>(2) The arbitrators or umpire shall, at the request of any party to the arbitration agreement or any person claiming under such party or if so directed by the Court and upon payment of the fees and charges due in respect of the arbitration and award and of the costs and charges of filing the award, cause the award or a signed copy of it, together with any depositions and documents which may have been, taken and proved before them, to be filed in Court, and the Court shall thereupon give notice to the parties of the filing of the award.</p>
<p>(3) Where the arbitrators or umpire state a special case under clause (b) of section 13, the Court, after giving notice to the parties and hearing them, shall pronounce its opinion thereon and such opinion shall be added to, and shall form part of, the award.</p>
<p>15.Power of Court to modify award.</p>
<p>15. Power of Court to modify award. The Court may by order modify or correct an award-</p>
<p>(a) where it appears that a part of, the award is upon a matter not referred to arbitration and such part can be</p>
<p>22.separated from the other part and does not affect the decision on the matter referred ; or</p>
<p>(b) where the award is imperfect in form, or contains any obvious error which can be amended without affecting such decision; or</p>
<p>(c) where the award contains a clerical mistake or an error arising from an accidental slip or omission.</p>
<p>16.Power to remit award.</p>
<p>16. Power to remit award. (1) The Court may from time to time remit the award or any matter referred to arbitration to the arbitrators or umpire for reconsideration upon such terms as it thinks fit-</p>
<p>(a) where-the award has left undetermined any of the matters referred to arbitration, or where it determines any matter not referred to arbitration and such matter cannot be separated without affecting the determination of the matters referred ; or</p>
<p>(b) where the award is so indefinite as to be incapable of execution ; or</p>
<p>(c) where an objection to the legality of the award is apparent upon the face of it. ,</p>
<p>(2) Where an award is remitted under sub-section (1) the Court shall fix the time within which the arbitrator or umpire shall submit his decision to the Court:</p>
<p>Provided that any time so fixed may be extended by subsequent order of the Court.</p>
<p>(3) An award remitted under sub-section (1) shall become void on the failure of the arbitrator or umpire to reconsider it and submit his decision within the time fixed.</p>
<p>17.Judgment in terms of award.</p>
<p>17. Judgment in terms of award. Where the Court sees no cause to remit the award or any of the matters referred to arbitration for reconsideration or to set aside the award, the Court shall, after the time for making an application to set aside the award has expired, or such application having been made, after refusing it, proceed to pronounce judgment according to the award, and upon the judgment so pronounced a decree shall follow and no appeal shall lie from such decree except on the ground that it is in excess of, or not otherwise in accordance with, the award.</p>
<p>18.Power of Court to pass interim orders.</p>
<p>18. Power of Court to pass interim orders. (1) Notwithstanding anything contained in section 17, at any time after the filing of the award, whether notice of the filing has been served or not, upon being satisfied by affidavit or otherwise that a party has taken or is about to take steps to defeat, delay or obstruct the execution of any decree that may be passed upon the award, or</p>
<p>23.that speedy execution of the award is just and necessary, the Court may pass such interim orders as it deems necessary.</p>
<p>(2)Any person against whom such interim orders have been passed may show cause against such orders, and the Court, after hearing the parties, may pass such further orders as it deems necessary and just.</p>
<p>19.Power to supersede arbitration where award becomes void or is setaside.</p>
<p>19. Power to supersede arbitration where award becomes void or is set aside. Where an award has become void under sub-section (3) of section 16 or has been set aside, the Court may by order supersede the reference and shall thereupon order that the arbitration agreement shall cease to have effect with respect to the difference referred.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">CHAPTER III</p>
<p>ARBITRATION WITH INTERVENTION OF A COURT WHERE THERE IS NO SUIT PENDING<br />
</span></strong>20. Application to file in Court arbitration agreement. (1)<br />
Where any persons have entered into an arbitration agreement before the institution of any suit with respect to the subject matter of the agreement or any part of it, and where a difference has arisen to which the agreement applies, they or any of them, instead of proceeding under Chapter II, may apply to a Court having jurisdiction in the matter to which the agreement relates, that the agreement be filed in Court.</p>
<p>(2) The application shall be in writing and shall be numbered and registered as a suit between one or more of the parties interested or claiming to be interested as plaintiff or plaintiffs and the remainder as defendant or defendants, if the application has been presented by all the parties, or, if otherwise, between the applicant as plaintiff and the other parties as defendants.</p>
<p>(3) On such application being made, the Court shall direct notice thereof to be given to all parties to the agreement other than the applicants, requiring them to show cause within the time specified in the notice why the agreement should not be filed.</p>
<p>(4) Where no sufficient cause is shown, the Court shall order the agreement to be filed, and shall make an order of reference to the arbitrator appointed by the parties, whether in the agreement or otherwise, or, where the parties cannot agree upon an arbitrator, to an arbitrator appointed by the Court.</p>
<p>(5) Thereafter the arbitration shall proceed in accordance with, and shall be governed by, the other provisions of this Act so far as they can be made applicable.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">CHAPTER IV</p>
<p>ARBITRATION IN SUITS</span></strong><br />
21. Parties to suit may apply for order of reference. Where in any suit all the parties interested agree that any matter in difference between them in the suit shall be referred to arbitration, they may at any time before judgment is pronounced apply in writing to the Court for an order of reference.</p>
<p>22.Appointment of arbitrator.</p>
<p>22. Appointment of arbitrator. The arbitrator shall be appointed in such manner as may be agreed upon between the parties.</p>
<p>23.Order of reference.</p>
<p>23. Order of reference. (1) The Court shall, by order, refer to the arbitrator the matter in difference which he is required to determine, and shall in the order specify such time as it thinks reasonable for the making of the award.</p>
<p>(2) Where a matter is referred to arbitration, the Court shall not, save in the manner and to the extent provided in this Act, deal with such matter in the suit.</p>
<p>24.Reference to arbitration by some of ht parties.</p>
<p>24. Reference to arbitration by some of ht parties. Where some only of the parties to a suit apply to have the matters in difference between them referred to arbitration in accordance with, and in the manner provided by, section 21, the Court may, if it thinks fit, so refer such matters to arbitration (provided that the same can be separated from the rest of the subject-matter of the suit) in the manner provided in that section, but the suit shall continue so far as it relates to the parties who have not joined in the said application and to matters not contained in the said reference as if no such application had been made, and an award made in pursuance of such a reference shall be binding only on the parties who have joined in the application.</p>
<p>25.Provisions applicable to arbitrations under this Chapter.</p>
<p>25. Provisions applicable to arbitrations under this Chapter.<br />
The provisions of the other Chapters shall, so far as they can to be made applicable, apply to arbitrations under this Chapter:</p>
<p>Provided that the Court may, in any of the circumstances men-<br />
tioned in sections 8, 10, 11 and 12, instead of filling up the vacancies or making the appointments, make an order superseding the arbitration and proceed with the suit, and where the Court makes an order superseding the arbitration under section 19, it shall proceed with the suit.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">CHAPTER V</p>
<p>GENERAL<br />
</span></strong>26. Application of Chapter. Save as otherwise provided in this<br />
Act, the provisions of this Chapter shall apply to all arbitrations.</p>
<p>25.27.Power of arbitrators to make an interim award.</p>
<p>27. Power of arbitrators to make an interim award. (1) Unless a different intention appears in the arbitration agreement,-the arbitrators or umpire may, if they think fit, make an interim award.</p>
<p>(2) All references in this Act to an award shall include references to an interim award made under sub-section (1).</p>
<p>28.Power to Court only to enlarge time for making award.</p>
<p>28. Power to Court only to enlarge time for making award. (1)<br />
The Court may, if it thinks fit, whether the time for making the award has expired or not and whether the award has been made or not enlarge from time to time the time for making the award.</p>
<p>(2) Any provision in an arbitration agreement whereby the arbitrators or umpire may, except with the consent of all the parties to the agreement, enlarge the time for making the award, shall be void and of no effect.</p>
<p>29.Interest on awards.</p>
<p>29. Interest on awards. Where and in so far is an award is for the payment of money the Court may in the decree order interest, from the date of the decree at such rate as the Court deems reasonable, to be paid on the principal sum as adjudged by the award and confirmed by the decree.</p>
<p>30.</p>
<p>Grounds for setting aside award.</p>
<p>30. Grounds for setting aside award. An award shall not be set aside except on one or more of the following grounds, namely:-</p>
<p>(a) that an arbitrator or umpire has misconducted himself or the proceedings</p>
<p>(b) that an award has been made after the issue of an order by the Court superseding the arbitration or after arbitration proceedings have become invalid under section 35;</p>
<p>(c) that an award has been improperly procured or is other-<br />
wise invalid.</p>
<p>31.Jurisdiction.</p>
<p>31. Jurisdiction. (1) Subject to the previsions of this Act, an award may be filed in any Court having jurisdiction in the matter to which the reference relates.</p>
<p>(2) Notwithstanding anything contained in any other law for the time being in force and save as otherwise provided in this Act, all questions regarding the validity, effect or existence of an award or an arbitration agreement between the parties to the agreement &#8211; or persons claiming under them shall be decided by the Court in which the award under the agreement has been, or may be, filed, and by no other<br />
Court.</p>
<p>26.(3) All applications regarding the conduct of arbitration proceedings or otherwise arising out of such proceedings shall be made to the Court where the award has been, or may be, filed, and to no other Court.</p>
<p>(4) Notwithstanding anything contained elsewhere in this Act or in any other law for the time being in force, where in any reference any application under this Act has been made in a Court competent to entertain it, that Court alone shall have jurisdiction over the arbitration proceedings -,and all subsequent applications arising, out of that reference, and the arbitration proceedings shall be made in that Court and in no other Court.</p>
<p>32.Bar to suits contesting arbitration agreement or award.</p>
<p>32. Bar to suits contesting arbitration agreement or award.<br />
Notwithstanding any law for the time being in force, no suit shall lie on any ground whatsoever for a decision upon the existence, effect or validity of an arbitration agreement or award, nor shall any arbitration agreement or award be 1[enforced], set aside, amended, modified or in any way affected otherwise than as provided in this<br />
Act.</p>
<p>33.Arbitration agreement or award to be contested by application.</p>
<p>33. Arbitration agreement or award to be contested by application. Any party to an arbitration agreement or any person claiming under him desiring to challenge the existence or validity of an arbitration agreement or an award or to have the effect of either determined shall apply to the Court and the Court shall decide the question on affidavits:</p>
<p>Provided that where the Court deems it just and expedient, it may set down the application for hearing on other evidence also, and it may pass such orders for discovery and particulars as it may do in a suit.</p>
<p>34.Power to stay legal proceedings where there is an arbitrationagreement.</p>
<p>34. Power to stay legal proceedings where there is an arbitration agreement. Where any party to an arbitration agreement or any person claiming under him commences any legal proceedings against any other patty to the agreement or any person claiming under him in respect of any matter agreed to be referred, any party to such legal proceedings may, at any time before filing a written statement or taking any other steps in the proceedings, apply to the judicial authority before which the proceedings are pending to stay the pro-<br />
ceedings ; and if satisfied that there is no sufficient reason why the matter should not be referred in accordance with the arbitration agreement and that the applicant was, at the time when the proceed-</p>
<p>&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;-<br />
1 Ins. by Act 47 of 1963, s. 43 (w.e.f. 1-3-1964).<br />
&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;-</p>
<p>26A</p>
<p>ings were commenced. and still remains, ready and willing to do all things necessary to the proper conduct of the arbitration,such authority may make an order staying the proceedings.</p>
<p>35.Effect of legal proceedings on arbitration.</p>
<p>35. Effect of legal proceedings on arbitration. (1) No reference nor award shall be rendered invalid by reason only of the commencement of legal proceedings upon the subject-matter of the reference, but when legal proceedings upon the whole of the subject-matter of the reference have been commenced between all the parties to the reference and a notice thereof has been given to the arbitrators or umpire, all further proceedings in a pending reference shall, unless a stay of proceedings is granted under section 34, be invalid.</p>
<p>27.(2) In this section the expression &#8220;parties to the reference&#8221;<br />
includes any persons claiming under any of the parties and litigating under the same title.</p>
<p>36.Power of Court, where arbitration agreement is ordered not to apply toa particular difference, to order that a provision making an award acondition precedent to an action shall not apply to such di</p>
<p>36. Power of Court, where arbitration agreement is ordered not to apply to a particular difference, to order that a provision making an award a condition precedent to an action shall not apply to such diffference. Where it is provided (whether in the arbitration agreement or otherwise) that an award under an arbitration agreement shall be a condition precedent to the bringing of an action with respect to any matter to which the agreement applies, the Court, if it orders (whether under this Act or any other law) that the agreement shall cease to have effect as regards any particular difference, may further order that the said provision shall also cease to have effect as regards that difference.</p>
<p>37.Limitations.</p>
<p>37. Limitations. (1) All the provisions of the Indian<br />
Limitation Act, 1908, (9 of 1908.) shall apply to arbitrations as they apply to proceedings in Court.</p>
<p>(2) Notwithstanding any term in an arbitration agreement to the effect that no cause of action shall accrue in respect of any matter required by the agreement to be referred until an award is made under the agreement, a cause of action shall, for the purpose of limitation, be deemed to have accrued in respect of any such matter at the time when it would have accrued but for that term in the agreement.</p>
<p>(3) For the purposes of this section and of the Indian<br />
Limitation Act, 1908, (9 of 1908.) an arbitration shall be deemed to be commenced when one party to the arbitration agreement serves on the other parties thereto a notice requiring the appointment of an arbitrator, or where the arbitration agreement provides that the reference shall be to a person named or designated in the agreement, requiring that the difference be submitted to the person so named or designated.</p>
<p>(4) Where the terms of an agreement to refer future differences to arbitration provide that any claims to which the agreement applies shall be barred unless notice to appoint an arbitrator is given or an arbitrator is appointed or some other step to commence arbitration proceedings is taken within a time fixed by the agreement, and a difference arises to which the agreement applies, the Court, if it is of opinion that in the circumstances of the case undue hardship would otherwise be caused, and notwithstanding that the time so fixed has expired, may on such terms, if any, as the justice of the case may require, extend the time for such period as it thinks proper.</p>
<p>38.(5) Where the Court orders that an award be set aside or orders, after the commencement of an arbitration, that the arbitration agree-<br />
ment shall cease to have effect with respect to the difference referred, the period between the commencement of the arbitration and the date of the order of the Court shall be excluded in computing the time prescribed by the Indian Limitation Act, 1908, for the com-<br />
mencement of the proceedings (including arbitration) with respect to the difference referred.</p>
<p>38.Disputes as to arbitrators remuneration or costs.</p>
<p>38. Disputes as to arbitrators remuneration or costs. (1) If in any case an arbitrator or umpire refuses to deliver his award except on payment of the fees demanded by him, the Court may, on an application in this behalf, order that the arbitrator or umpire shall deliver the award to the applicant on payment into Court by the applicant of the fees demanded, and shall, after such inquiry, if any, as it thinks fit, further order that out of the money so paid into<br />
Court there shall be paid to the arbitrator or umpire by way of fees such sum as the Court may consider reasonable and that the balance of the money, if any, shall be refunded to the applicant.</p>
<p>(2) An application under subsection (1) may be made by any party to the reference unless the fees demanded have been fixed by written agreement between him and the arbitrator or umpire, and the arbitrator or umpire shall be entitled to appear and be heard on any such application.</p>
<p>(3) The Court may make such orders as it thinks fit respecting the costs of an arbitration where any question arises respecting such costs and the award contains no sufficient provision concerning them.<br />
<strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">CHAPTER VI</p>
<p>APPEALS.<br />
</span></strong>39. Appealable orders. (1) An appeal shall lie from the following orders passed under this Act (and from no others) to the<br />
Court authorised by law to hear appeals from original decrees of the<br />
Court passing the order:-<br />
An order-</p>
<p>(i) superseding an arbitration;</p>
<p>(ii) on an award stated in the form of a special case;</p>
<p>(iii) modifying or correcting an award;</p>
<p>(iv) filing or refusing to file an arbitration agreement;</p>
<p>(v) staying or refusing to stay legal proceedings where there is an arbitration agreement;</p>
<p>(vi) setting aside or refusing to set aside an award;</p>
<p>Provided that the provisions of this section shall not apply to any order passed by a Small Cause Court.</p>
<p>29.(2) No second appeal shall lie from an order passed in appeal under this section, but nothing in this section shall affect or take away any right to appeal to the Supreme Court.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">CHAPTER VII</p>
<p>MISCELLANEOUS</span></strong></p>
<p>40. Small Cause Court not to have jurisdiction over arbitrations save arbitrations in suits before it. A Small Cause Court shall have no jurisdiction over any arbitration proceedings or over any application arising thereout save on application made under section<br />
21.41.Procedure and powers of Court.</p>
<p>41. Procedure and powers of Court. Subject to the provisions of this Act and of rules made there under-</p>
<p>(a) the provisions of &#8211; the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908,<br />
(5 of 1908.) shall apply to all proceedings before the Court, and to all appeals, under this Act, and</p>
<p>(b) the Court shall have, for the purpose of, and in relation to, arbitration proceedings, the same power of making orders in respect of any of the matters set out in the<br />
Second Schedule as it has for the purpose of, and in relation to, any proceedings before the Court:</p>
<p>Provided that nothing in clause (b) shall be taken to prejudice any power which may be vested in an arbitrator or umpire for making orders with respect to any of such matters.</p>
<p>42.Service of notice by party or arbitrator.</p>
<p>42. Service of notice by party or arbitrator. Any notice required by this Act to be served otherwise than through the Court by a party to an arbitration agreement or by an arbitrator or umpire shall be served in the manner provided in the arbitration agreement, or if there is no such provision, either-</p>
<p>(a) by delivering it to the person on whom it is to be served or</p>
<p>(b) by sending it by post in a letter addressed to that person at his usual or last known place of abode or business in India and registered under Chapter VI of the Indian Post<br />
Office Act, 1898.(6 of 1898.)</p>
<p>43.Power of Court to issue processes for appearance before arbitrator.</p>
<p>43. Power of Court to issue processes for appearance before arbitrator. (1) The Court shall issue the same processes to the parties and witnesses whom the arbitrator or umpire desires to examine as the Court may issue in suits tried before it.</p>
<p>30</p>
<p>(2) Persons failing to attend in accordance with such process, or making any other default, or refusing to give their evidence, or guilty of any contempt to the arbitrator or umpire during the investigation of the reference, shall be subject to the like disadvantages, penalties and punishments by order of the Court on the representation of the arbitrator or umpire as they would incur for the like offences in suits tried before the Court.</p>
<p>(3) In this section the expression processes &#8221; includes sum-<br />
monses and commissions for the examination of witnesses- and summonses to produce documents.</p>
<p>44.Power to High Court to make rules.</p>
<p>44. Power to High Court to make rules. The High Court may make rules consistent with this Act as to-</p>
<p>(a) the filing of awards and all proceedings consequent thereon or incidental thereto ;</p>
<p>(b) the filing and hearing of special cases and all proceedings consequent thereon or incidental thereto ;</p>
<p>(c) the staying of any suit or proceeding in contravention of an arbitration agreement ;</p>
<p>(d) the forms to be used for the purposes of this Act;</p>
<p>(e) generally, all proceedings in Court under this Act.</p>
<p>45.Government to be bound.</p>
<p>45. Government to be bound. The provisions of this Act shall be binding on the Government.</p>
<p>46.Application of Act to statutory arbitrations.</p>
<p>46. Application of Act to statutory arbitrations. The provisions of this Act, except sub-section (1) of section 6 and sections 7, 12,<br />
1[36] and 37, shall apply to every arbitration under any other enactment for the time being in force, as if the arbitration were pursuant to an arbitration agreement and as if that other enactment were an arbitration agreement, except in so far as this Act is in-<br />
consistent with that other enactment or with any rules made there-<br />
under.</p>
<p>47.Act to apply to all arbitrations.</p>
<p>47. Act to apply to all arbitrations. Subject to the provisions of section 46, and save in so far as is otherwise provided by any law for the time being in force, the provisions of this Act shall apply to all arbitrations and to all proceedings thereunder :</p>
<p>Provided that an arbitration award otherwise obtained may with the consent of all the parties interested be taken into consideration as a compromise or adjustment of a suit by any Court before which the suit is pending.</p>
<p>48.Saving for pending references.</p>
<p>48. Saving for pending references. The provisions of this Act shall not apply to any reference pending at the commencement of this<br />
Act, to which the law in force immediately before the commencement of this Act shall, notwithstanding any repeal effected by this Act, continue to apply.</p>
<p>49.Repeals and amendments.</p>
<p>49. [Repeals and amendments.] Rep. by the Repealing and Amending<br />
Act, 1945 (6 of 1945), s. 2 and Sch. I.</p>
<p>&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;-<br />
1 Ins. by Act 25 of 1942, s. 3 and Sch. II.<br />
&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;-</p>
<p>31.SCHE</p>
<p>IMPLIED CONDITIONS OF ARBITRATION AGREEMENTS</p>
<p>THE FIRST SCHEDULE</p>
<p>(See section 3.)</p>
<p>IMPLIED CONDITIONS OF ARBITRATION AGREEMENTS</p>
<p>1. Unless otherwise expressly provided, the reference shall be to a sole arbitrator.</p>
<p>2. If the reference is to an even number of arbitrators, the arbitrators shall appoint an umpire not later than one month from the latest date of their respective appointments.</p>
<p>3. The arbitrators shall make their award within four months after entering on the reference or after having been called upon to act by notice in writing from any party to the arbitration agreement or within such extended time as the Court may allow.</p>
<p>4. If the arbitrators have allowed their time to expire without making an award or have delivered to any party to the arbitration agreement or to the umpire a notice in writing stating that they cannot agree, the umpire shall forthwith enter on the reference in lieu of the arbitrators.</p>
<p>5. The umpire shall make his award within two months of enter-<br />
ing on the reference or within such extended time as the Court may allow.</p>
<p>6. The parties to the reference and all persons claiming under them shall, subject to the provisions of any law for the time being in force, submit to be examined by the arbitrators or umpire on oath or affirmation in relation to the matters in difference and shall, sub-<br />
ject as aforesaid, produce before the arbitrators or umpire all books, deeds, papers, accounts, writings and documents within their possession or power respectively, which may be required or called for, and do all other things which, during the proceedings on the reference, the arbitrators or umpire may require.</p>
<p>7. The award shall be final and binding on the parties and persons claiming under them respectively.</p>
<p>8. The costs of the reference and award shall be in the discretion of the arbitrators or umpire who may direct to, and by whom, and in what manner, such costs or any part thereof shall be paid, and may tax or settle the amount of costs to be so paid or any part thereof and may award costs to be paid as between legal practitioner and client.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.legalindia.in/the-arbitration-act-1940/feed</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>THE ARBITRATION AND CONCILIATION ACT, 1996</title>
		<link>http://www.legalindia.in/the-arbitration-and-conciliation-act-1996</link>
		<comments>http://www.legalindia.in/the-arbitration-and-conciliation-act-1996#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 05 Jun 2009 20:59:41 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Legal India</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Corporate & Commercial Law Act & Rules]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.legalindia.in/?p=1185</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[An Act to consolidate and amend the law relating to domestic arbitration, international commercial arbitration and enforcement of foreign arbitral awards as also to define the law relating to conciliation and for matters connected therewith or incidental thereto. WHEREAS the United Nations Commission on International Trade Law (UNCITRAL) has adopted the UNCITRAL Model Law on [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>An Act to consolidate and amend the law relating to domestic arbitration, international commercial arbitration and enforcement of foreign arbitral awards as also to define the law relating to conciliation and for matters connected therewith or incidental thereto.</p>
<p>WHEREAS the United Nations Commission on International Trade Law (UNCITRAL) has adopted the UNCITRAL Model Law on International Commercial Arbitration in 1985:</p>
<p>AND WHEREAS the General Assembly of the United Nations has recommended that all countries give due consideration to the said Model Law, in view of the desirability of uniformity of the law of arbitral procedures and the specific needs of international commercial arbitration practice;</p>
<p>AND WHEREAS the UNCITRAL has adopted the UNCITRAL Conciliation Rules in 1980;</p>
<p>AND WHEREAS the General Assembly of the United Nations has recommended the use of the said Rules in cases where a dispute arises in the context of international commercial relations and the parties seek an amicable settlement of that dispute by recourse to conciliation;</p>
<p>AND WHEREAS the said Model Law and Rules make significant contribution to the establishment of a unified legal framework for the fair and efficient settlement of disputes arising in international commercial relations;</p>
<p>AND WHEREAS it is expedient to make law respecting arbitration and conciliation, taking into account the aforesaid Model Law and Rules;</p>
<p>BE it enacted by Parliament in the Forty-seventh Year of the Republic of India as follows:-</p>
<p>PRELIMINARY</p>
<p>1.Short title, extent and commencement.- (1) This Act may be called the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996.</p>
<p>(2) It extends to the whole of India:</p>
<p>Provided that Parts, I, III and IV shall extend to the State of Jammu and Kashmir only in so far as they relate to international commercial arbitration or, as the case may be, international commercial conciliation.</p>
<p>Explanation.- In this sub-section, the expression international commercial conciliation shall have the same meaning as the expression international commercial arbitration in clause (f) of sub-section (1) of section 2, subject to the modification that for the word arbitration occurring therein, the word conciliation shall be substituted.</p>
<p>(3) It shall come into force on such date as the Central Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, appoint.</p>
<p>PART I<br />
ARBITRATION<br />
CHAPTER I</p>
<p>General provisions</p>
<p>2.Definitions.- (1) In this Part, unless the context otherwise requires,-</p>
<p>(a) arbitration means any arbitration whether or not administered by permanent arbitral institution;</p>
<p>(b) arbitration agreement means an agreement referred to in section 7;</p>
<p>(c) arbitral award includes an interim award;</p>
<p>(d) arbitral tribunal means a sole arbitrator or a panel of arbitrators;</p>
<p>(e) Court means the principal Civil Court of original jurisdiction in a district, and includes the High Court in exercise of its ordinary original civil jurisdiction, having jurisdiction to decide the questions forming the subject-matter of the arbitration if the same had been the subject-matter of a suit, but does not include any civil court of a grade inferior to such principal Civil Court, or any Court of Small Causes;</p>
<p>(f) international commercial arbitration means an arbitration relating to disputes arising out of legal relationships, whether contractual or not, considered as commercial under the law in force in India and where at least one of the parties is-</p>
<p>(i) an individual who is a national of, or habitually resident in, any country other than India; or</p>
<p>(ii) a body corporate which is incorporated in any country other than India; or</p>
<p>(iii) a company or an association or a body of individuals whose central management and control is exercised in any country other than India; or</p>
<p>(iv) the Government of a foreign country;</p>
<p>(g) legal represntative means a person who in law represents the estate of a deceased person, and includes any person who intermeddles with the estate of the deceased, and, where a party acts in a representative character, the person on whom the estate devolves on the death of the party so acting;</p>
<p>(h) party means a party to an arbitration agreement.</p>
<p>(2) This Part shall apply where the place of arbitration is in India.</p>
<p>(3) This Part shall not affect any other law for the time being in force by virtue of which certain disputes may not be submitted to arbitration.</p>
<p>(4) This Part except sub-section (1) of section 40, sections 41 and 43 shall apply to every arbitration under any other enactment for the time being in force, as if the arbitration were pursuant to an arbitration agreement and as if that other enactment were an arbitration agreement, except in so far as the provision of this Part are inconsistent with that other enactment or with any rules made thereunder;</p>
<p>(5) Subject to the provisions of sub-section (4), and save in so far as is otherwise provided by any law for the time being in force or in any agreement in force between India and any other country or countries, this Part shall apply to all arbitrations and to all proceedings relating thereto.</p>
<p>(6) Where this Part, except section 28, leaves the parties free to determine a certain issue, that freedom shall include the right of the parties to authorise any person including an institution, to determine that issue.</p>
<p>(7) An arbitral award made under this Part shall be considered domestic award.</p>
<p>(8) Where this Part-</p>
<p>(a) refers to the fact that the parties have agreed or that they may agree, or</p>
<p>(b) in any other way refers to an agreement of the parties,</p>
<p>that agreement shall include any arbitration rules referred to in that agreement.</p>
<p>(9) Where this Part, other than clause (a) of section 25 or clause (a) of sub-section (2) of section 32, refers to a claim, it shall also apply to a counterclaim, and where it refers to a defence, it shall also apply to a defence to that counterclaim.</p>
<p>3.Receipt of written communications.- (1) Unless otherwise agreed by the parties,-</p>
<p>(a) any written communication is deemed to have been received if it is delivered to the addressee personally or at his place of business, habitual residence or mailing address, and</p>
<p>(b) if none of the places referred to in clause (a) can be found after making a reasonable inquiry, a written communication is deemed to have been received if it is sent to the addressee$s last known place of business, habitual residence or mailing address by registered letter or by any other means which provides a record of the attempt to deliver it.</p>
<p>(2) The communication is deemed to have been received on the day it is so delivered.</p>
<p>(3) This section does not apply to written communications in respect of proceedings of any judicial authority.</p>
<p>4.Waiver of right to object.- A party who knows that-</p>
<p>(a) any provision of this Part from which the parties may derogate, or</p>
<p>(b) any requirement under the arbitration agreement,</p>
<p>has not been complied with and yet proceeds with the arbitration without stating his objection to such non-compliance without undue delay or, if a time limit is provided for stating that objection, within that period of time, shall be deemed to have waived his right to so object.</p>
<p>5.Extent of judicial intervention.- Notwithstanding anything contained in any other law for the time being in force, in matters governed by this Part, no judicial authority shall intervene except where so provided in this Part.</p>
<p>6.Administrative assistance.- In order to facilitate the conduct of the arbitral proceedings, the parties, or the arbitral tribunal with the consent of the parties, may arrange for administrative assistance by a suitable institution or person.<br />
<strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">CHAPTER II<strong><span>Arbitration agreement</p>
<p></span></strong></span></strong></p>
<p> </p>
<p>7.Arbitration agreement.- (1) In this Part, arbitration agreement means an agreement by the parties to submit to arbitration all or certain disputes which have arisen or which may arise between them in respect of a defined legal relationship, whether contractual or not.</p>
<p>(2) An arbitration agreement may be in the form of an arbitration clause in a contract or in the form of a separate agreement.</p>
<p>(3) An arbitration agreement shall be in writing.</p>
<p>(4) An arbitration agreement is in writing if it is contained in-</p>
<p>(a) a document signed by the parties;</p>
<p>(b) an exchange of letters, telex, telegrams or other means of telecommunication which provide a record of the agreement; or</p>
<p>(c) an exchange of statements of claim and defence in which the existence of the agreement is alleged by one party and not denied by the other.</p>
<p>(5) The reference in a contract to a document containing an arbitration clause constitutes an arbitration agreement if the contract is in writing and the reference is such as to make that arbitration clause part of the contract.</p>
<p>8.Power to refer parties to arbitration where there is an arbitration agreement.- (1) A judicial authority before which an action is brought in a matter which is the subject of an arbitration agreement shall, if a party so applies not later than when submitting his first statement on the substance of the dispute, refer the parties to arbitration.</p>
<p>(2) The application referred to in sub-section (1) shall not be entertained unless it is accompanied by the original arbitration agreement or a duly certified copy thereof.</p>
<p>(3) Notwithstanding that an application has been made under sub-section (1) and that the issue is pending before the judicial authority, an arbitration may be commenced or continued and an arbitral award made.</p>
<p>9.Interim measures etc.by Court.- A party may, before, or during arbitral proceedings or at any time after the making of the arbitral award but before it is enforced in accordance with section 36, apply to a court-</p>
<p>(i) for the appointment of a guardian for a minor or person of unsound mind for the purposes of arbitral proceedings; or</p>
<p>(ii) for an interim measure or protection in respect of any of the following matters, namely:-</p>
<p>(a) the preservation, interim custody or sale of any goods which are the subject-matter of the arbitration agreement;</p>
<p>(b) securing the amount in dispute in the arbitration;</p>
<p>(c) the detention, preservation or inspection of any property or thing which is the subject-matter of the dispute in arbitration, or as to which any question may arise therein and authorising for any of the aforesaid purposes any person to enter upon any land or building in the possession of any party or authorising any samples to be taken or any observation to be made, or experiment to be tried, which may be necessary or expedient for the purpose of obtaining full information or evidence;</p>
<p>(d) interim injunction or the appointment of a receiver;</p>
<p>(e) such other interim measure of protection as may appear to the Court to be just and convenient,</p>
<p>and the Court shall have the same power for making orders as it has for the purpose of, and in relation to, any proceedings before it.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">CHAPTER III<strong><span>Composition of arbitral tribunal</p>
<p></span></strong></span></strong>10.Number of arbitrators.- (1) The parties are free to determine the number of arbitrators, provided that such number shall not be an even number.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>(2) Failing the determination referred to in sub-section (1), the arbitral tribunal shall consist of a sole arbitrator.</p>
<p>11.Appointment of arbitrators.- (1) A person of any nationality may be an arbitrator, unless otherwise agreed by the parties.</p>
<p>(2) Subject to sub-section (6), the parties are free to agree on a procedure for appointing the arbitrator or arbitrators.</p>
<p>(3) Failing any agreement referred to in sub-section (2), in an arbitration with three arbitrators, each party shall appoint one arbitrator, and the two appointed arbitrators shall appoint the third arbitrator who shall act as the presiding arbitrator.</p>
<p>(4) If the appointment procedure in sub-section (3) applies and-</p>
<p>(a) a party fails to appoint an arbitrator within thirty days from the receipt of a request to do so from the other party; or</p>
<p>(b) the two appointed arbitrators fail to agree on the third arbitrator within thirty days from the date of their appointment,</p>
<p>the appointment shall be made, upon request of a party, by the Chief Justice or any person or institution designated by him.</p>
<p>(5) Failing any agreement referred to in sub-section (2), in an arbitration with a sole arbitrator, if the parties fail to agree on the arbitrator within thirty days from receipt of a request by one party from the other party to so agree the appointment shall be made, upon request of a party, by the Chief Justice or any person or institution designated by him.</p>
<p>(6) Where, under an appointment procedure agreed upon by the parties,-</p>
<p>(a) a party fails to act as required under that procedure; or</p>
<p>(b) the parties, or the two appointed arbitrators, fail to reach an agreement expected of them under that procedure; or</p>
<p>(c) a person, including an institution, fails to perform any function entrusted to him or it under that procedure,</p>
<p>a party may request the Chief Justice or any person or institution designated by him to take the necessary measure, unless the agreement on the appointment procedure provides other means for securing the appointment.</p>
<p>(7) A decision on a matter entrusted by sub-section (4) or sub-section (5) or sub-section (6) to the Chief Justice or the person or institution designated by him is final.</p>
<p>(8) The Chief Justice or the person or institution designated by him, in appointing an arbitrator, shall have due regard to-</p>
<p>(a) any qualifications required of the arbitrator by the agreement of the parties and</p>
<p>(b) other considerations as are likely to secure the appointment of an independent and impartial arbitrator.</p>
<p>(9) In the case of appointment of sole or third arbitrator in an international commercial arbitration, the Chief Justice of India or the person or institution designated by him may appoint an arbitrator of a nationality other than the nationalities of the parties where the parties belong to different nationalities.</p>
<p>(10) The Chief Justice may make such scheme as he may deem appropriate for dealing with matters entrusted by sub-section (4) or sub-section (5) or sub-section (6) to him.</p>
<p>(11) Where more than one request has been made under sub-section (4) or sub-section (5) or sub-section (6) to the Chief Justices of different High Courts or their designates, the Chief Justice or his designate to whom the request has been first made under the relevant sub-section shall alone be competent to decide on the request.</p>
<p>(12) (a) Where the matters referred to in sub-sections (4), (5), (6), (7), (8) and (10) arise in an international commercial arbitration the reference to Chief Justice in those sub-sections shall be construed as a reference to the Chief Justice of India.</p>
<p>(b) Where the matters referred to in sub-sections (4), (5), (6), (7), (8) and (10) arise in any other arbitration, the reference to Chief Justice in those sub-section shall be construed as a reference to, the Chief Justice of the High Court within whose local limits the principal Civil Court referred to in clause (e) of sub-section (1) of section 2 is situate and, where the High Court itself is the Court referred to in that clause, to the Chief Justice of that High Court.</p>
<p>12.Grounds for challenge.- (1) When a person is approached in connection with his possible appointment as an arbitrator, he shall disclose in writing any circumstances likely to give rise to justifiable doubts as to his independence or impartiality.</p>
<p>(2) An arbitrator, from the time of his appointment and throughout the arbitral proceedings, shall, without delay, disclose to the parties in writing any circumstances referred to in sub-section (1) unless they have already been informed of them by him.</p>
<p>(3) An arbitrator may be challenged only if-</p>
<p>(a) circumstances exist that give rise to justifiable doubts as to his independence or impartiality, or</p>
<p>(b) he does not possess the qualifications agreed to by the parties.</p>
<p>(4) A party may challenge an arbitrator appointed by him, or in whose appointment he has participated, only for reasons of which he becomes aware after the appointment has been made.</p>
<p>13.Challenge procedure.- (1) Subject to sub-section (4), the parties are free to agree on a procedure for challenging an arbitrator.</p>
<p>(2) Failing any agreement referred to in sub-section (1), a party who intends to challenge an arbitrator shall, within fifteen days becoming aware of the constitution of the arbitral tribunal or after becoming aware of any circumstances referred to in sub-section (3) of section 12, send a written statement of the reasons for the challenge to the arbitral tribunal.</p>
<p>(3) Unless the arbitrator challenged under sub-section (2) withdraws from his office or the other party agrees to the challenge, the arbitral tribunal shall decide on the challenge.</p>
<p>(4) If a challenge under any procedure agreed upon by the parties or under the procedure under sub-section (2) is not successful, the arbitral tribunal shall continue the arbitral proceedings and make an arbitral award.</p>
<p>(5) Where an arbitral award is made under sub-section (4), the party challenging the arbitrator may make an application for setting aside such an arbitral award in accordance with section 34.</p>
<p>(6) Where an arbitral award is set aside on an application made under sub-section (5), the Court may decide as to whether the arbitrator who is challenged is entitled to any fees.</p>
<p>14.Failure or impossibility to act.- (1) The mandate of an arbitrator shall terminate if&#8212;</p>
<p>(a) he becomes de jure or de facto unable to perform his functions or for other reasons fails to act without undue delay; and</p>
<p>(b) he withdraws from his office or the parties agree to the termination of his mandate.</p>
<p>(2) If a controversy remains concerning any of the grounds referred to in clause (a) of sub-section (1), a party may, unless otherwise agreed by the parties, apply to the Court to decide on the termination of the mandate.</p>
<p>(3) If, under this section or sub-section (3) of section 13, an arbitrator withdraws from his office or a party agrees to the termination of the mandate of an arbitrator, it shall not imply acceptance of the validity of any ground referred to in this section or sub-section (3) of section 12.</p>
<p>15.Termination of mandate and substitution of arbitrator.- (1) In addition to the circumstances referred to in section 13 or section 14, the mandate of an arbitrator shall terminate&#8212;-</p>
<p>(a) where he withdraws from office for any reason; or</p>
<p>(b) by or pursuant to agreement of the parties.</p>
<p>(2) Where the mandate of an artibrator terminates, a substitute arbitrator shall be appointed according to the rules that were applicable to the appointment of the arbitrator being replaced.</p>
<p>(3) Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, where an arbitrator is replaced under sub-section (2) , any hearings previously held may be repeated at the discretion of the arbitral tribunal.</p>
<p>(4) Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, an order or ruling of the arbitral tribunal made prior to the replacement of an arbitrator under this section shall not b invalid solely because there has been a change in the composition of the arbitral tribunal.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">CHAPTER IV<strong><span>Jurisdiction of arbitral tribunals</p>
<p></span></strong></span></strong>16.Competence of arbitral tribunal to rule on its jurisdiction.- (1) The arbitral tribunal may rule on its own jurisdiction, including ruling on any objections with respect to the existence or validity of the arbitration agreement, and for that purpose,&#8212;&#8212;</p>
<p> </p>
<p>(a) an arbitration clause which forms part of a contract shall be treated as an agreement independent of the other terms of the contract; and</p>
<p>(b) a decision by the arbitral tribunal that the contract is null and void shall not entail ipso jure the invalidity of the arbitration clause.</p>
<p>(2) A plea that the arbitral tribunal does not have jurisdiction shall be raised not later than the submission of the statement of defence; however, a party shall not be precluded from raising such a plea merely because that he has appointed , or participated in the appointment of, an arbitrator.</p>
<p>(3) A plea that the arbitral tribunal is exceeding the scope of its authority shall he raised as soon as the matter alleged to be beyond the scope of its authority is raised during the arbitral proceedings.</p>
<p>(4) The arbitral tribunal may, in either of the cases referred to in sub-section (2) or sub-section (3), admit a later plea if it considers the delay justified.</p>
<p>(5) The arbitral tribunal shall decide on a plea referred to in sub-section (2) or sub-section (3) and, where the arbitral tribunal takes a decision rejecting the plea, continue with the arbitral proceedings and make an arbitral award.</p>
<p>(6) A party aggrieved by such an arbitral award may make an application for setting aside such an arbitral award in accordance with section 34.</p>
<p>17.Interim measures ordered by arbitral tribunal.- (1) Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, the arbitral tribunal may, at the request of a party, order a party to take any interim measure of protection as the arbitral tribunal may consider necessary in respect of the subject matter of the dispute.</p>
<p>(2) The arbitral tribunal may require a party to provide appropriate security in connection with a measure ordered under sub-section (1).</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">CHAPTER V<strong><span>Conduct of arbitral proceedings</p>
<p></span></strong></span></strong></p>
<p> </p>
<p>18.Equal treatment of parties.- The parties shall be treated with equality and each party shall be given a full opportunity to present his case.</p>
<p>19.Determination of rules of procedure.- (1) The arbitral tribunal shall not be bound by the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908 or the Indian Evidence Act, 1872.</p>
<p>(2) Subject to this Part, the parties are free to agree on the procedure to be followed by the arbitral tribunal in conducting its proceedings.</p>
<p>(3) Failing any agreement referred to in sub-section (2), the arbitral tribunal may, subject to this Part, conduct the proceedings in the manner it considers appropriate.</p>
<p>(4) The power of the arbitral tribunal under sub-section (3) includes the power to determine the admissibility , relevance, materiality and weight of any evidence.</p>
<p>20.Place of arbitration.- (1) The parties are free to agree on the place of arbitration.</p>
<p>(2) Failing any agreement referred to in sub-section (1), the place of arbitration shall be determined by the arbitral tribunal having regard to the circumstances of the case, including the convenience of the parties.</p>
<p>(3) Notwithstanding sub-section (1) or sub-section (2), the arbitral tribunal may, unless otherwise agreed by the parties, meet at any place it considers appropriate for consultation among its members, for hearing winners, experts or the parties, or for inspection of documents, goods or other property.</p>
<p>21.Commencement of arbitral proceedings.- Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, the arbitral proceedings, in respect of a particular dispute commence on the date on which a request for that dispute to be referred to arbitration is received by the respondent.</p>
<p>22.Language.- (1) The parties are free to agree upon the language or languages to is used in the arbitral proceedings.</p>
<p>(2) Failing any agreement referred to in sub-section (1), the arbitral tribunal shall determine the language or languages to be used in the arbitral proceedings.</p>
<p>(3) The agreement or determination, unless otherwise specified, shall apply to any written statement by a party, any hearing and any arbitral award, decision or other communication by the arbitral tribunal.</p>
<p>(4) The arbitral tribunal may order that any documentary evidence shall be accompanied by a translation into the languages agreed upon by the parties or determined by the arbitral tribunal.</p>
<p>23.Statements of claim and defence.- (1) Within the period of time agreed upon by the parties or determined by the arbitral tribunal, the claimant shall state the facts supporting his claim, the points at issue and the relief or remedy sought, and the respondent shall state his defence in respect of these particulars, unless the parties have otherwise agreed as to the required elements of those statements.</p>
<p>(2) The parties may submit with their statements all documents they consider to be relevant or may add a reference to the documents or other evidence they will submit.</p>
<p>(3) Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, either party may amend or supplement his claim or defence during the course of the arbitral proceedings, unless the arbitral tribunal considers it inappropriate to allow the amendment or supplement having regard to the delay in making it.</p>
<p>24.Hearings and written proceedings.- (1) Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, the arbitral tribunal shall decide whether to hold oral hearings for the presentation of evidence or for oral argument, or whether the proceedings shall be conducted on the basis of documents an other materials;</p>
<p>Provided that the arbitral tribunal shall hold hearings, at an appropriate stage of the proceedings, on a request by a party, unless the parties have agreed that no oral hearing shall be held.</p>
<p>(2) The parties shall be given sufficient advance notice of any hearing and of any meeting of the arbitral tribunal for the purposes of inspection of documents, goods or other property.</p>
<p>(3) All statements, documents or other information supplied to, or applications made to, the arbitral tribunal by one party shall be communicated to the other party, and any expert report or evidentiary document on which the arbitral tribunal may rely in making its decision shall be communicated to the parties.</p>
<p>25.Default of a party.- Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, where, without showing sufficient cause,&#8212;-</p>
<p>(a) the claimant fails to communicate his statement of claim in accordance with sub-section (1) of section 23, the arbitral tribunal shall terminate the proceedings;</p>
<p>(b) the respondent fails to communicate his statement of defence in accordance with sub-section (1) of section 23, the arbitral tribunal shall continue the proceedings without treating that failure in itself as an admission of the allegations by the claimant.</p>
<p>(c) a party fails to appear at an oral hearing or to produce documentary evidence, the arbitral tribunal may continue the proceedings and make the arbitral award on the evidence before it.</p>
<p>26.Expert appointed by arbitral tribunal.- (1) Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, the arbitral tribunal may&#8212;</p>
<p>(a) appoint one or more experts to report to it on specific issues to be determined by the arbitral tribunal, and</p>
<p>(b) require a party to give the expert any relevant information or to produce, or to provide access to, any relevant documents, goods or other property for his inspection.</p>
<p>(2) Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, if a party so requests or if the arbitral tribunal considers it necessary, the expert shall, after delivery of his written or oral report, participate on an oral hearing where the parties have the opportunity to put questions to him and to present expert witnesses in order to testify on the points at issue.</p>
<p>(3) Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, the expert shall, on the request of a party, make available to that party for examination all documents, goods or other property in the possession of the expert with which he was provided in order to prepare his report.</p>
<p>27.Court assistance in taking evidence.- (1) The arbitral tribunal, or a party with the approval of the arbitral tribunal, may apply to the Court for assistance in taking evidence.</p>
<p>(2) The application shall specify&#8212;-</p>
<p>(a) the names and addresses of the parties and the arbitrators.</p>
<p>(b) the general nature of the claim and the relief sought;</p>
<p>(c) the evidence to the obtained, in particular,&#8212;-</p>
<p>(i) the name and address of any person to be heard as witness or expert witness and a statement of the subject-matter of the testimony required;</p>
<p>(ii) the description of an document to be produced or property to be inspected.</p>
<p>(3) The Court may, within its competence and according to its rules on taking evidence, execute the request or ordering that the evidence be provided directly to the arbitral tribunal.</p>
<p>(4) The Court may, while making or order under sub-section (3), issue the same processes to witnesses as it may issue in suits tried before it.</p>
<p>(5) Persons failing to attend in accordance with such process, or making any other fault, or refusing to give their evidence, or guilty of any contempt to the arbitral tribunal during the conduct of arbitral proceedings, shall be subject to the like disadvantages, penalties and punishments by order of the Court on the representation of the arbitral tribunal as they would incur for the like offences is suits tried before the Court.</p>
<p>(6) In this section the expression Processes includes summonses and commissions for the examination of witnesses and summonses to produce documents.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">CHAPTER VI<strong><span>Making of arbitral award and termination of proceedings</p>
<p></span></strong></span></strong></p>
<p> </p>
<p>28.Rules applicable to substance of dispute.- (1) Where the place of arbitration is situate in India,&#8212;&#8211;</p>
<p>(a) in an arbitration other than an international commercial arbitration, the arbitral tribunal shall decide the dispute submitted to arbitration in accordance with the substantive law for the time being in force in India;</p>
<p>(b) in international commercial arbitration,&#8212;-</p>
<p>(i) the arbitral tribunal shall decided the dispute in accordance with the rules of law designated by the parties as applicable to the substance of the dispute;</p>
<p>(ii) any designation by the parties of the law or legal system of a given country shall be construed, unless otherwise expressed, as directly referring to the substantive law of that country and not to its conflict of laws rules;</p>
<p>(iii) failing any designation of the law under clause (a) by the parties, the arbitral tribunal shall apply the rules of law it considers to be appropriate given all the circumstances surrounding the dispute.</p>
<p>(2) The arbitral tribunal shall decide ex aequo et bono or as amiable compositeur only if the parties have expressly authorised it to do so.</p>
<p>(3) In all cases, the arbitral tribunal shall decide in accordance with the terms of the contract and shall take into account the usages of the trade applicable to the transaction.</p>
<p>29.Decision making by panel of arbitrators.- (1) Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, in arbitral proceedings with more than one arbitrator, any decision of the arbitral tribunal shall be made by a majority of all its members.</p>
<p>(2) Notwithstanding sub-section (1), if authorised by the parties or all the members of the arbitral tribunal, questions of procedure may be decided by the presiding arbitrator.</p>
<p>30.Settlement.- (1) It is not incompatible with an arbitration agreement for an arbitral tribunal to encourage settlement of the dispute and, with the agreement of the parties, the arbitral tribunal may use mediation, conciliation or other procedures at any time during the arbitral proceedings to encourage settlement.</p>
<p>(2) If, during arbitral proceedings, the parties settle the dispute, the arbitral tribunal shall terminate the proceedings and, if requested by the parties and not objected to by the arbitral tribunal, record the settlement in the form of an arbitral award on agreed terms.</p>
<p>(3) An arbitral award on agreed terms shall be made in accordance with section 31 and shall state that it is an arbitral award.</p>
<p>(4) An arbitral award on agreed terms shall have the same status and effect as any other arbitral award on the substance of the dispute.</p>
<p>31.Form and contents of arbitral award.- (1) An arbitral award shall be made in writing and shall be signed by the members of the arbitral tribunal.</p>
<p>(2) For the purposes of sub-section (1), in arbitral proceedings with more than one arbitrator, the signatures of the majority of all the members of the arbitral tribunal shall be sufficient so long as the reason for any omitted signature is stated.</p>
<p>(3) The arbitral award shall state the reasons upon which it is based, unless&#8212;&#8212;</p>
<p>(a) the parties have agreed that no reasons are to be given, or</p>
<p>(b) the award is an arbitral award on agreed terms under section 30.</p>
<p>(4) The arbitral award shall state its date and the place of arbitration as determined in accordance with section 20 and the award shall be deemed to have been made at that place.</p>
<p>(5) After the arbitral award is made, a signed copy shall be delivered to each party.</p>
<p>(6) The arbitral tribunal may, at any time during the arbitral proceedings, make an interim arbitral award on any matter with respect to which it may make a final arbitral award.</p>
<p>(7) (a) Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, where and in so far as an arbitral award is for the payment of money, the arbitral tribunal may include in the sum for which the award is made interest, at such rate as it deems reasonable, on the whole or any part of the money, for the whole or any part of the period between the date on which the cause of action arose and the date on which the award is made.</p>
<p>(b) A sum directed to be paid by an arbitral award shall, unless the award otherwise directs, carry interest at the rate of eighteen per centum per annum from the date of the award to the date of payment.</p>
<p>(8) Unless otherwise agreed by the parties,&#8212;-</p>
<p>(a) the costs of an arbitration shall be fixed by the arbitral tribunal;</p>
<p>(b) the arbitral tribunal shall specify&#8212;-</p>
<p>(i) the party entitled to costs,</p>
<p>(ii) the party who shall pay the costs,</p>
<p>(iii) the amount of costs or method of determining that amount, and</p>
<p>(iv) the manner in which the costs shall be paid.</p>
<p>Explanation.&#8212;For the purpose of clause (a), costs means reasonable costs relating to&#8212;-</p>
<p>(i) the fees and expenses of the arbitrators and witnesses,</p>
<p>(ii) legal fees and expenses,</p>
<p>(iii) any administration fees of the institution supervising the arbitration, and</p>
<p>(iv) any other expenses incurred in connection with the arbitral proceedings and the arbitral award.</p>
<p>32.Termination of proceedings.- (1) The arbitral proceedings shall be terminated by the final arbitral award or by an order of the arbitral tribunal under sub-section (2).</p>
<p>(2) The arbitral tribunal shall issue an order for the termination of the arbitral proceedings where&#8212;-</p>
<p>(a) the claimant withdraws his claim, unless the respondent objects to the order and the arbitral tribunal recognises a legitimate interest on his part in obtaining a final settlement of the dispute,</p>
<p>(b) the parties agree on the termination of the proceedings, or</p>
<p>(c) the arbitral tribunal finds that the continuation of the proceedings has for any other reason become unnecessary or impossible.</p>
<p>(3) Subject to section 33 and sub-section (4) of section 34, the mandate of the arbitral tribunal shall terminate with the termination of the arbitral proceedings.</p>
<p>33.Correction and interpretation of award; additional award.- (1) Within thirty days from the receipt of the arbitral award, unless another period of time has been agreed upon by the parties&#8212; -</p>
<p>(a) a party, with notice to the other party, may request the arbitral tribunal to correct any computation errors, any electrical or typographical errors or any other errors of a similar nature occurring in the award;</p>
<p>(b) if so agreed by the parties, a party, with notice to the other party, may request the arbitral tribunal to give an interpretation of a specific point or part of the award.</p>
<p>(2) If the arbitral tribunal considers the request made under sub-section (1) to be justified, it shall make the correction or give the interpretation within thirty days from the receipt of the request and the interpretation shall form part of the arbitral award.</p>
<p>(3) The arbitral tribunal may correct and error of the type referred to in clause (a) of sub-section (1), on its own initiative, within thirty days from the date of the arbitral award.</p>
<p>(4) Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, a party with notice to the other party, may request, within thirty days from the receipt of the arbitral award, the arbitral tribunal to make an additional arbitral award as so claims presented in the arbitral proceedings but omitted from the arbitral award.</p>
<p>(5) If the arbitral tribunal considers the request made under sub-section (4) to be justified, it shall make the additional arbitral award within sixty days from the receipt of such request.</p>
<p>(6) The arbitral tribunal may extend, if necessary, the period of time within which it shall make a correction, give an interpretation or make an additional arbitral award under sub-section (2) or sub-section (5).</p>
<p>(7) Section 31 shall apply to a correction or interpretation of the arbitral award or to an additional arbitral award made under this section.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">CHAPTER VII<strong><span>Finality and enforcement of arbitral awards</p>
<p></span></strong></span></strong><br />
35.Finality of arbitral awards.- Subject to this Part an arbitral award shall be final and binding on the parties and persons claiming under them respectively.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>36.Enforcement.- Where the time for making an application to set aside the arbitral award under award shall be endorsed under the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908 (5 of 1908) in the same manner as if it were a decree of the Court.</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>CHAPTER VIII</strong><span><strong>Recourse against arbitral award<br />
</strong></p>
<p></span></span></p>
<p>34.Application for setting aside arbitral award.- (1) Recourse to a Court against an arbitral award may be made only by an application for setting aside such award in accordance with sub-section (2) and sub-section (3).</p>
<p>(2) An arbitral award may be set aside by the Court only if&#8212;</p>
<p>(a) the party making the application furnishes proof that&#8212;&#8211;</p>
<p>(i) a party was under some incapacity, or</p>
<p>(ii) the arbitration agreement is not valid under the law to which the parties have subjected it or, failing any indication thereon, under the law for the time being in force; or</p>
<p>(iii) the party making the application was not given proper notice of the appointment of an arbitrator or of the arbitral proceedings or was otherwise unable to present his case; or</p>
<p>(iv) the arbitral award deals with a dispute not contemplated by or not falling within the terms of the submission to arbitration, or it contains decisions on matter beyond the scope of the submission to arbitration:</p>
<p>Provided that, if the decisions on matters submitted to arbitration can be separated from those not so submitted, only that part of the arbitral award which contains decisions on matters not submitted to arbitration may be set aside; or</p>
<p>(v) the composition of the arbitral tribunal or the arbitral procedure was not in accordance with the agreement of the parties, unless such agreement was in conflict with a provision of this Part from which the parties cannot derogate, or, failing such agreement, was not in accordance with this Past; or</p>
<p>(b) the Court finds that&#8212;&#8212;</p>
<p>(i) the subject-matter of the dispute is not capable of settlement by arbitration under the law for the time being in force, or</p>
<p>(ii) the arbitral award is in conflict with the public policy of India.</p>
<p>Explanation.&#8212;Without prejudice to the generality of sub-clause (ii), it is hereby declared , for the avoidance of any doubt, that an award is in conflict with the public policy of India if the making of the award was induced of affected by fraud or corruption or was in violation of section 75 or section 81.</p>
<p>(3) An application for setting aside may not be made after three months have elapsed from the date on which the party making that application had received the arbitral award, or, if a request had been made under section 33, from the date on which that request had been disposed of by the arbitral tribunal:</p>
<p>Provided that if the Court is satisfied that the applicant was prevented by sufficient cause from making the application within the said period of three months if may entertain the application within a further period of thirty days, but not thereafter.</p>
<p>(4) On receipt of an application under sub-section (1), the Court may, where it is appropriate and it is so requested by a party, adjourn the proceedings for a period of time determined by it in order to give the arbitral tribunal an opportunity to resume the arbitral proceedings or to take such other action as in the opinion of arbitral tribunal will eliminate the grounds for setting aside the arbitral award.<strong></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;">CHAPTER IX</p>
<p>Appeals<br />
</span></strong><br />
37.Appealable orders.- (1) An appeal shall lie from the following orders (and from no others) to the Court authorised by law to hear appeals from original decrees of the Court passing the order, namely:&#8212;</p>
<p>(a) granting or refusing to grant any measure under section 9:</p>
<p>(b) setting aside or refusing to set aside an arbitral award under section 34.</p>
<p>(2) Appeal shall also lie to a court from an order of the arbitral tribunal&#8212;-</p>
<p>(a) accepting the plea referred to in sub-section (2) or sub-section (3) of section 16; or</p>
<p>(b) granting or refusing to grant an interim measure under section 17.</p>
<p>(3) No second appeal shall lie from an order passed in appeal under this section, but nothing in this section shall affect or taken away any right to appeal to the Supreme Court.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">CHAPTER X</p>
<p>Miscellaneous</span></strong><br />
38.Deposits.- (1) The arbitral tribunal may fix the amount of the deposit or supplementary deposit, on the case may be, as an advance for the costs referred to in sub-section (8) of section 31, which it expects will be incurred in respect of the claim submitted to it:</p>
<p>Provided that where, apart from the claim, a counter-claim has been submitted to the arbitral tribunal, it may fix separate amount of deposit for the claim and counter-claim.</p>
<p>(2) The deposit referred to in sub-section (1) shall be payable in equal shares by the parties:</p>
<p>Provided that where one party fails to pay his share of the deposit, the other party may pay that share:</p>
<p>Provided further that where the other party also does not pay the aforesaid share in respect of the claim or the counter-claim, the arbitral tribunal may suspend or terminate the arbitral proceedings in respect of such claim or counter-claim, as the case may be.</p>
<p>(3) Upon termination of the arbitral proceedings, the arbitral tribunal shall render an accounting to the parties of the deposits received and shall return any unexpended balance to the party or parties, as the case may be.</p>
<p>39.Lien on arbitral award and deposits as to costs.- (1) Subject to the provisions of sub-section (2) and to any provision to the contrary in the arbitration, agreement, the arbitral tribunal shall have a lien on the arbitral award for any unpaid costs of the arbitration.</p>
<p>(2) If in any case an arbitral tribunal refuses to deliver its award except on payment of the costs demanded by it, the Court may, on an application in this behalf, order that the arbitral tribunal shall deliver the arbitral award to the applicant on payment into Court by the applicant of the costs demanded, and shall, after such inquiry, in any, as it thinks, fit, further order that out of the money so paid into Court there shall be paid to the arbitral tribunal by way of costs such sum as the Court may consider reasonable and that the balance of the money, if any, shall be refunded to the applicant.</p>
<p>(3) An application under sub-section (2) may be made by any party unless the fees demanded have been fixed by written agreement between him and the arbitral tribunal, and the arbitral tribunal shall be entitled to appear and be heard on any such application.</p>
<p>(4) The Court may make such orders as it thinks fit respecting the costs of the arbitration where any question arises respecting such costs and the arbitral award contains no sufficient provision concerning them.</p>
<p>40.Arbitration agreement not to be discharged by death of party thereto.- (1) An arbitration agreement shall not be discharged by the death of any party thereto either as respects the deceased or as respects any other party, but shall in such event by enforceable by or against the legal representative of the deceased.</p>
<p>(2) The mandate of an arbitrator shall not be terminated by the death of any party by whom he was appointed.</p>
<p>(3) Nothing in this section shall affect the operation of any law by virtue of which any right of action is extinguished by the death of a person.</p>
<p>41.Provisions in case of insolvency.- (1) Where it is provided by a term in a contract to which an insolvent is a party that any dispute arising thereout or in connection therewith shall be submitted to arbitration, the said term shall, if the receiver adopts the contract, be enforceable by or against him so far as it relates to any such dispute.</p>
<p>(2) Where a person who has been adjudged an insolvent had, before the commencement of the insolvency proceedings, become a party to a arbitration agreement, and any matter to which the agreement applies is required to be determined in connection with, or for the purposes of, the insolvency proceedings.then, if the case is one to which sub-section (1) does not apply, any other party or the receiver may apply to the judicial authority having jurisdiction in the insolvency proceedings for an order directing that the matter in question shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with the arbitration agreement , and the judicial authority may, if it is of opinion that, having regard to all the circumstances of the case, the matter ought to be determined by arbitration, make an order accordingly.</p>
<p>(3) In this section the expression receiver includes an Official Assignee.</p>
<p>42.Jurisdiction.- Notwithstanding anything contained elsewhere in this Part or in any other law for the time being in force, where with respect to an arbitration agreement any application under this Part has been made in a Court, that Court alone shall have jurisdiction over the arbitral proceedings and all subsequent applications arising out of that agreement and the arbitral proceedings shall be made in that Court and in no other Court.</p>
<p>43.Limitations.- (1) The Limitation Act, 1963 (36 of 1963), shall, apply to arbitrations as it applies to proceedings in court.</p>
<p>(2) For the purposes of this section and the Limitation Act, 1963 (36 of 1963), an arbitration shall be deemed to have commenced on the date referred in section 21.</p>
<p>(3) Where an arbitration agreement to submit further disputes to arbitration provides that any claim to which the agreement applies shall be barred unless some step to commence arbitral proceedings is taken within a time fixed by the agreement, and a dispute arises to which the agreement applies the Court, if it is of opinion that in the circumstances of the case undue hardship would otherwise be caused, and notwithstanding that the time so fixed has expired, may on such terms, if any, as the justice of the case may require, extend the time for such period as it thinks proper.</p>
<p>(4) Where the Court orders that an arbitral award be set aside, the period between the commencement of the arbitration and the date of the order of the Court shall be excluded in computing the time prescribed by the Limitation Act, 1963 (36 of 1963), for the commencement of the proceedings (including arbitration) with respect to the dispute so submitted.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">CHAPTER XI</p>
<p>New York Convention Awards<br />
</span></strong>44.Definition.- In this Chapter, unless the context otherwise requires, foreign award means an arbitral award on differences between persons arising out of legal relationships, whether contractual or not, considered as commercial under the law in force in India, made on or after the 11th day of October, 1960-</p>
<p>(a) in pursuance of an agreement in writing for arbitration to which the Convention set forth in the First Schedule applies, and</p>
<p>(b) in one of such territories as the Central Government, being satisfied that reciprocal provisions have been made may, by notification in the Official Gazette, declare to be territories to which the said Convention applies.</p>
<p>45.Power of judicial authority to refer parties to arbitration.- Notwithstanding anything contained in Part I or in the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908 (5 of 1908), a judicial authority, when seized of an action in a matter in respect of which the parties have made an agreement referred to in section 44, shall, at the request of one of the parties or any person claiming through or under him, refer the parties to arbitration, unless it finds that the said agreement is null and void, inoperative or incapable of being performed.</p>
<p>46.When foreign award binding.- Any foreign award which would be enforceable under this Chapter shall be treated as binding for all purposes on the persons as between whom it was made, and may accordingly be relied on by any of those persons by way of defence, set off or otherwise in any legal proceedings in India and any references in this Chapter to enforcing a foreign award shall be construed as including references to relying on an award.</p>
<p>47.Evidence.- (1) The party applying for the enforcement of a foreign award shall, at the time of the application, produce before the court&#8212;-</p>
<p>(a) the original award or a copy thereof, duly authenticated in the manner required by the law of the country in which it was made;</p>
<p>(b) the original agreement for arbitration or a duly certified copy thereof; and</p>
<p>(c) such evidence as may be necessary to prove that the aware is a foreign award.</p>
<p>(2) If the award or agreement to be produced under sub-section (1) is in a foreign language, the party seeking to enforce the award shall produce a translation into English certified as correct by a diplomatic or consular agent of the country to which that party belongs or certified as correct in such other manner as may be sufficient according to the law in force in India.</p>
<p>Explanation.&#8212;In this section and all the following sections of this Chapter, Court means the principal Civil Court of original jurisdiction in a district, and includes the High Court in exercise of its ordinary original civil jurisdiction, having jurisdiction over the subject-matter of the award if the same had been the subject-matter of a suit, but does not include any civil court of a grade inferior to such principal Civil Court, or any Court of Small Causes.</p>
<p>48.Conditions for enforcement of foreign awards.- (1) Enforcement of a foreign award may be refused, at the request of the party against whom it is invoked, only if that party furnishes to the court proof that&#8212;-</p>
<p>(a) the parties to the agreement referred to in section 44 were, under the law applicable to them, under some incapacity, or the said agreement is not valid under the law to which the parties have subjected it or, failing any indication thereon, under the law of the country where the award was made; or</p>
<p>(b) the party against whom the award is invoked was not given proper notice of the appointment of the arbitrator or of the arbitral proceedings or was otherwise unable to present his case; or</p>
<p>(c) the award deals with a difference not contemplated by or not falling within the terms of the submission to arbitration, or it contains decisions on matters beyond the scope of the submission to arbitration.</p>
<p>Provided that, if the decisions on matters submitted to arbitration can be separated from those not so submitted, that part of the award which contains decisions on matters submitted to arbitration may be enforced; or</p>
<p>(d) the composition of the arbitral authority or the arbitral procedure was not in accordance with the agreement of the parties, or, failing such agreement, was not in accordance with the law of the country where the arbitration took place ; or</p>
<p>(e) the award has not yet become binding on the parties, or has been set aside or suspended by a competent authority of the country in which, or under the law of which, that award was made.</p>
<p>(2) Enforcement of an arbitral award may also be refused if the court finds that-</p>
<p>(a) the subject -matter of the difference is not capable of settlement by arbitration under the law of India; or</p>
<p>(b) the enforcement of the award would be contrary to the public policy of India.</p>
<p>Explanation.&#8212;-Without prejudice to the generality of clause (b), it is hereby declared, for the avoidance of any doubt, that an award is in conflict with the public policy of India if the making of the award was induced or affected by fraud or corruption.</p>
<p>(3) If an application for the setting aside or suspension of the award has been made to a competent authority referred to in clause (e) of sub-section (1) the Court may, if it considers it proper, adjourn the decision on the enforcement of the award and may also , on the application of the party claiming enforcement of the award, order the other party to give suitable security.</p>
<p>49.Enforcement of foreign awards.- Where the Court is satisfied that the foreign award is enforceable under this Chapter, the award shall be deemed to be a decree of that Court.</p>
<p>50.Appealable orders.- (1) An appeal shall lie from the order refusing to&#8212;</p>
<p>(a) refer the parties to arbitration under section 45;</p>
<p>(b) enforce a foreign award under section 48,</p>
<p>to the court authorised by law to hear appeals from such order.</p>
<p>(2) No second appeal shall lie from an order passed in appeal under this section, but nothing in this section shall affect or take away any right to appeal to the Supreme Court.</p>
<p>51.Saving.- Nothing in this Chapter shall prejudice any rights which any person would have had of enforcing in India of any award or of availing himself in India of any award or of availing himself in India of any award if this Chapter had not been enacted.</p>
<p>52.Chapter II not to apply.- Chapter II of this Part shall not apply in relation to foreign awards to which this Chapter applies.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">CHAPTER II</p>
<p>Geneva Convention Awards</span></strong><br />
53.Interpretation.- In this Chapter foreign award means an arbitral award on differences relating to matters considered as commercial under the law in force in India made after the 28th day of July, 1924,&#8212;</p>
<p>(a) in pursuance of an agreement for arbitration to which the Protocol set forth in the Second Schedule applies, and</p>
<p>(b) between persons of whom one is subject to the jurisdiction of some one of such Powers as the Central Government, being satisfied that reciprocal provisions have been made, may, by notification in the Official Gazette, declare to be parties to the Convention set forth in the Third Schedule, and of whom the other is subject to the jurisdiction of some other of the Powers aforesaid, and</p>
<p>(c) in one of such territories as the Central Government, being satisfied that reciprocal provisions have been made, may, by like notification, declare to be territories to which the said Convention applies,</p>
<p>and for the purposes of this Chapter an award shall not be deemed to be final if any proceedings for the purpose of contesting the validity of the award are pending in the country in which it was made.</p>
<p>54.Power of judicial authority to refer parties to arbitration.- Notwithstanding anything contained in Part I or in the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908 (5 of 1908), a judicial authority, on being seized of a dispute regarding a contract made between persons to whom section 53 applies and including an arbitration agreement, whether referring to present or further differences, which is valid under that section and capable of being carried into effect, shall refer the parties on the application of either of them or any person claiming through or under him to the decision of the arbitrators and such reference shall not prejudice the competence of the judicial authority in case the agreement or the arbitration cannot proceed or becomes inoperative.</p>
<p>55.Foreign awards when binding.- Any foreign award which would be enforceable under this Chapter shall be treated as binding for all purposes on the persons as between whom it was made, and may accordingly be relied on by any of those persons by way of defence, set off or otherwise in any legal proceedings in India and any references in this Chapter to enforcing a foreign award shall be construed as including references to relying on an award.</p>
<p>56.Evidence.- (1) The party applying for the enforcement of a foreign award shall, at the time of application procedure before the Court&#8212;-</p>
<p>(a) the original award or a copy thereof duly authenticated in the manner required by the law of the country in which it was made;</p>
<p>(b) evidence proving that the award has become final; and</p>
<p>(c) such evidence as may be necessary to prove that the conditions mentioned in clauses (a) and (c) of sub-section (1) of section 57 are satisfied.</p>
<p>(2) Where any document requiring to be produced under sub-section (1) is in a foreign language, the party seeking to enforce the award shall produce a translation into English certified as correct by a diplomatic or consular agent of the country to which that party belongs or certified as correct in such other manner as may be sufficient according to the law in force in India.</p>
<p>Explanation.&#8212;In this section and all the following sections of this Chapter, Court means the principal Civil Court of original jurisdiction in a district, and includes the High Court in exercise of its ordinary original civil jurisdiction, having jurisdiction over the subject-matter of the award if the same had been the subject matter of a suit, but does not include any civil court of a grade inferior to such principal Civil Court, or any Court of Small Causes.</p>
<p>57.Conditions for enforcement of foreign awards.- (1) In order that a foreign award may be enforceable under this Chapter, it shall be necessary that&#8212;</p>
<p>(a) the award has been made in pursuance of a submission to arbitration which is valid under the law applicable thereto;</p>
<p>(b) the subject-matter of the award is capable of settlement by arbitration under the law of India;</p>
<p>(c) the award has been made by the arbitral tribunal provided for in the submission to arbitration or constituted in the manner agreed upon by the parties and in conformity with the law governing the arbitration procedure;</p>
<p>(d) the award has become final in the country in which it has been made, in the sense that it will not be considered as such if it is open to opposition or appeal or if it is proved that any proceedings for the purpose of contesting the validity of the award the pending;</p>
<p>(e) the enforcement of the award is not contrary to the public policy or the law of India.</p>
<p>Explanation.&#8212;Without prejudice to the generality of clause (e), it is hereby declared, for the avoidance, of any doubt, that an award is in conflict with the public policy of India if the making of the award was induced or affected by fraud or corruption.</p>
<p>(2) Even if the conditions laid down in sub-section (1) are fulfilled, enforcement of the award shall be refused if the Court is satisfied that&#8212;</p>
<p>(a) the award has been annulled in the country in which it was made;</p>
<p>(b) the party against whom it is sought to use the award was not given notice of the arbitration proceedings in sufficient time to enable him to present his case; or that, being under a legal incapacity, he was not properly represented;</p>
<p>(c) the award does not deal with the differences contemplated by or falling within the terms of the submission to arbitration or that it contains decisions on matters beyond the scope for the submission or arbitration;</p>
<p>Provided that if the award has not covered all the differences submitted to the arbitral tribunal, the Court may, if it thinks fit, postpone such enforcement or grant it subject to such guarantee as the Court may decide.</p>
<p>(3) If the party against whom the award has been made proves that under the law governing the arbitration procedure there is a ground, other than the grounds referred to in clauses (a) and (c) of sub-section (1) and clauses (b) and (c) of sub-section (2) entitling him to contest the validity of the award, the Court may, if it thinks fit, either refuse enforcement of the award or adjourn the consideration thereof, giving such party a reasonable time within which to have the award annulled by the competent tribunal.</p>
<p>58.Enforcement of foreign awards.- Where the Court is satisfied that the foreign award is enforceable under this Chapter, the award shall be deemed to be a decree of the Court.</p>
<p>59.Appealable orders.- (1) An appeal shall lie from the order refusing&#8212;-</p>
<p>(a) to refer the parties to arbitration under section 54: and</p>
<p>(b) to enforce a foreign award under section 57,</p>
<p>(2) No second appeal shall lie from an order passed in appeal under this section, but nothing in this section shall affect or take away any right to appeal to the Supreme Court.</p>
<p>60.Saving.- Nothing in this Chapter shall prejudice any rights which any person would have had of enforcing in India of any award or of availing himself in India of any award if this Chapter had not been enacted.</p>
<p>61.Application and scope.- (1) Save as otherwise provided by any law for the time being in force and unless the parties have otherwise agreed, this Part shall apply to conciliation of disputes arising out of legal relationship, whether contractual or not and to all proceedings relating thereto.</p>
<p>(2) This Part shall not apply where by virtue of any law for the time being in force certain disputes may not be submitted to conciliation.</p>
<p>62.Commencement of conciliation proceedings.- (1) The party initiating conciliation shall send to the other party a written invitation to conciliate under this Part, briefly identifying the subject of the dispute.</p>
<p>(2) Conciliation proceedings shall commence when the other party accepts in writing the invitation to conciliate.</p>
<p>(3) If the other party rejects the invitation, there will be no conciliation proceedings.</p>
<p>(4) If the party initiating conciliation does not receive a reply within thirty days from the date on which he sends the invitation, or within such other period of time as specified in the invitation, be may elect to treat this as a rejection of the invitation to conciliate and if he so elects, he shall inform in writing the other party accordingly.</p>
<p>63.Number of conciliators.- (1) There shall be one conciliator unless the parties agree that there shall be two or three conciliators.</p>
<p>(2) Where there is more than one conciliator, they ought, as a general rule, to act jointly.</p>
<p>64.Appointment of conciliators.- (1) Subject to sub-section (2)&#8212;</p>
<p>(a) in conciliation proceedings with one conciliator, the parties may agree on the name of a sole conciliator;</p>
<p>(b) in conciliation proceedings with two conciliators, each party may appoint one conciliator;</p>
<p>(c) in conciliation proceedings with three conciliators, each party may appoint one conciliator and the parties may agree on the name of the third conciliator who shall act as the presiding conciliator.</p>
<p>(2) Parties may enlist the assistance of a suitable institution or person in connection with the appointment of conciliators and in particular,&#8212;-</p>
<p>(a) a party may request such an institution or person to recommend the names of suitable individuals to act as conciliator; or</p>
<p>(b) the parties may agree that the appointment of one or more conciliators be made directly by such an institution or person;</p>
<p>Provided that in recommending or appointing individuals to act as conciliator, the institution or person shall have regard to such considerations as are likely to secure the appointment of an independent and impartial conciliator and, with respect to a sole or third conciliator, shall take into account the advisability of appointing a conciliator of a nationality other than the nationalities of the parties.</p>
<p>65.Submission of statements to conciliator.- (1) The conciliator, upon his appointment, may request each party to submit to him a brief written statement of his position and the facts and grounds in support thereof, supplement by any documents and other evidence that such party deems appropriate.The party shall send a copy of such statement, documents and other evidence to the other party.</p>
<p>(2) The Conciliator may request each party to submit to him a further written statement of his position and the facts and grounds in support thereof, supplemented by any documents and other evidence that such party deems appropriate.The party shall send a copy of such statement, documents and other evidence to the other party.</p>
<p>(3) At an stage of the conciliation proceedings, the conciliator may request a party to submit to him such additional information as he deems appropriate.</p>
<p>Explanation.&#8212;-In this section and all the following sections of this Part, the term conciliator applies to a sole conciliator, to or three conciliators as the case may be.</p>
<p>66.Conciliator not bound by certain enactments.- The conciliator is not bound by the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908 (5 of 1908)or the Indian Evidence Act, 1872 (1 of 1872).</p>
<p>67.Role of conciliator.- (1) The conciliator shall assist the parties in an independent and impartial manner in their attempt to reach an amicable settlement of their dispute.</p>
<p>(2) The conciliator shall be guided by principles of objectivity, fairness and justice, giving consideration to, among other things, the rights and obligations of the parties, the usages of the trade concerned and the circumstances surrounding the dispute, including any previous business practices between the parties.</p>
<p>(3) The conciliator may conduct the conciliation proceedings in such a manner as he considers appropriate, taking into account the circumstances of the case, the wishes the parties may express, including any request by a party that the conciliator hear oral statements, and the need for a speedy settlement of the dispute.</p>
<p>(4) The conciliator-may, at any stage of the conciliation proceedings, make proposals for a settlement of the dispute.Such proposals need not be writing and need not be accompanied by a statement of the reasons therefor.</p>
<p>68.Administrative assistance.- In order to facilitate the conduct of the conciliation proceedings, the parties, or the conciliator with the consent of the parties, may arrange for administrative assistance by a suitable institution or person.</p>
<p>69.Communication between conciliator and parties.- (1) The conciliator may invite the parties to meet him or may communicate with them orally or in writing.He may meet or communicate with the parties together or with each of them separately.</p>
<p>(2) Unless the parties have agreed upon the place where meetings with the conciliator are to be held, such place shall be determined by the conciliator, after consultation with the parties, having regard to the circumstances of the conciliation proceedings.</p>
<p>70.Disclosure of information.- When the conciliator receives factual information concerning the dispute from a party, he shall disclose the substance of that information to the other party in order that the other party may have the opportunity to present any explanation which he considers appropriate:</p>
<p>Provided that when a party gives any information to the conciliator subject to a specific condition that it be kept confidential, con conciliator shall not disclose that information to the other party.</p>
<p>71.Co-operation of parties with conciliator.- The parties shall in good faith co-operate with the conciliator and, in particular, shall endeavour to comply with requests by the conciliator to submit written materials, provide evidence and attend meetings.</p>
<p>72.Suggestions by parties for settlement of dispute.- Each party may, on his own initiative or at the invitation of the conciliator, submit to the conciliator suggestions for the settlement of the dispute.</p>
<p>73.Settlement agreement.- (1) When it appears to the conciliator that there exist elements of a settlement which may be acceptable to the parties, he shall formulate the terms of a possible settlement and submit them to the parties for their observations.After receiving the observations of the parties, the conciliator may reformulate the terms of a possible settlement in the light of such observations.</p>
<p>(2) If the parties reach agreement on a settlement of the dispute, they may draw up and sign a written settlement agreement.If requested by the parties, the conciliator may draw up, or assist the parties in drawing up, the settlement agreement.</p>
<p>(3) When the parties sign the settlement agreement, it shall be final and binding on the parties and persons claiming under them respectively.</p>
<p>(4) The conciliator shall authenticate the settlement agreement and furnish a copy thereof to each of the parties.</p>
<p>74.Status and effect of settlement agreement.- The settlement agreement shall have the and effect as if it is an arbitral award on agreed terms on the substance of the dispute rendered by an arbitral tribunal under section 30.</p>
<p>75.Confidentiality.- Notwithstanding anything contained in any other law for the time being in force, the conciliator and the parties shall keep confidential all matter relating to the conciliation proceedings.Confidentiality shall extend also to the settlement agreement, except where its disclosure is necessary for purposes of implementation and enforcement.</p>
<p>76.Termination of conciliation proceedings.- The conciliation proceedings shall be terminated</p>
<p>(a) by the signing of the settlement agreement by the parties; on the date of the agreement; or</p>
<p>(b) by a written declaration of the conciliator, after consultation with the parties, in the effect that further efforts at conciliation are no longer justified, on the date of the declaration; or</p>
<p>(c) by a written declaration of the parties addressed to the conciliator to the effect that the conciliation proceedings are terminated , on the date of the declaration; or</p>
<p>(d) by a written declaration of a party to the other party and the conciliator, if appointed, to the effect that the conciliation proceedings are terminated, on the date of the declaration.</p>
<p>77.Resort to arbitral or judicial proceedings.- The parties shall not initiate, during the conciliation proceedings, any arbitral or judicial proceedings in respect of a dispute that is the subject- matter of the conciliation proceedings except that a party may initiate arbitral or judicial proceedings, where, in his opinion, such proceedings are necessary for preserving his rights.</p>
<p>78.Costs.- (1) Upon termination of the conciliation proceedings, the conciliator shall fix the costs of the conciliation and given written notice thereof to the parties.</p>
<p>(2) For the purpose of sub-section (1) , costs means reasonable costs relating to&#8212;</p>
<p>(a) the fee and expenses of the conciliator and witnesses requested by the conciliator, with the consent of the parties;</p>
<p>(b) any expert advice requested by the conciliator with the consent of the parties;</p>
<p>(c) any assistance provided pursuant to clause (b) of sub-section (2) of section 64 and section 68.</p>
<p>(d) any other expenses incurred in connection with the conciliation proceedings and the settlement agreement.</p>
<p>(3) The costs shall be borne equally by the parties unless the settlement agreement provides for a different appointment.All other expenses incurred by a party shall be borne by that party.</p>
<p>79.Deposits.- (1) The conciliator may direct each party to deposit an equal amount as an advance for the costs referred to in sub-section (2) of section 78 which he expects will be incurred.</p>
<p>(2) During the course of the conciliation proceedings, the conciliator may direct supplementary deposits in an equal amount from each party.</p>
<p>(3) If the required deposits under sub-sections (1) and (2) are not paid in full by both parties within thirty days, the conciliator may suspend the proceedings or may make a written declaration of termination of the proceedings to the parties, effective on the date of that declaration.</p>
<p>(4) Upon termination of the conciliation proceedings the conciliator shall render an accounting to the parties of the deposits received and shall return and expended balance to the parties.</p>
<p>80.Role of conciliator in other proceedings.- Unless otherwise agreed by the parties:&#8212;-</p>
<p>(a) the conciliator shall not act as an arbitrator or as a representative or counsel of a party in any arbitral or judicial proceeding in respect of a dispute that is the subject of the conciliation proceedings;</p>
<p>(b) the conciliator shall not be presented by the parties as a witness in any arbitral or judicial proceedings.</p>
<p>81.Admissibility of evidence in other proceedings.- The parties shall not rely on or introduce as evidence in arbitral or judicial proceedings, whether or not such proceedings relate to the dispute that is the subject of the conciliation proceedings,-</p>
<p>(a) views expressed or suggestions made by the other party in respect of a possible settlement of the dispute;</p>
<p>(b) admissions made by the other party in the course of the conciliation proceedings;</p>
<p>(c) proposals made by the conciliator;</p>
<p>(d) the fact that the other party had indicated to accept a proposal for settlement made by the conciliator.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">PART IV</p>
<p>SUPPLEMENTARY PROVISIONS</span></strong></p>
<p>82.Power of High Court to make rules.- The High court may make rules consistent with this Act as to all proceedings before the court under this Act.</p>
<p>83.Removal of difficulties.- (1) If any difficulty arises in giving effect to the provisions of this Act, the central Government may, by order published in the Official Gazette, make such provisions, not inconsistent with the provisions of this Act as appear to it to be necessary or expedient for removing the difficulty:</p>
<p>Provided that no such order shall be after the expiry of a period of two years from the date of commencement of this Act.</p>
<p>(2) Every order made under this section shall, as soon as may be after it is made, be laid before each Houses of Parliament.</p>
<p>84.Power to make rules.- (1) The Central Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, make rules for carrying out the provisions of this Act.</p>
<p>(2) Every rule made by the Central Government under this Act shall be laid, as soon as may be, after it is made before each House of Parliament while it is in session, for a total period of thirty days which may be comprised in one session or in two or more successive sessions, and if, before the expiry of the session immediately following the session or the successive sessions aforesaid, both Houses agree in making may modification in the rule or both Houses agree that the rule should not be made, the rule shall thereafter have effect only in such modified form or be of no effect, as the case may be; so, however, that any such modification or annulment shall be without prejudice to the validity of anything previously done under that rule.</p>
<p>85.Repeal and savings.- (1) The Arbitration (Protocol and Convention) Act, 1937 (6 of 1937), the Arbitration Act, 1940 (10 of 1940) and the Foreign Awards (Recognition and Enforcement) Act, 1961 (45 of 1961) are hereby repealed.</p>
<p>(2) Notwithstanding such repeal,&#8212;&#8211;</p>
<p>(a) the provisions of the said enactments shall apply in relation to arbitral proceedings which commenced before this Act came into force unless otherwise agreed by the parties but this Act shall apply in relation to arbitral proceedings which commenced on or after this Act comes into force;</p>
<p>(b) all rules made and notifications published, under the said enactments shall, to the extent to which they are not repugnant to this Act, be deemed respectively to have been made or issued under this Act,</p>
<p>86.Repeal of Ordinance 27 of 1996 and saving.- (1) The Arbitration and Conciliation (Third) Ordinance, 1996 (Ord.27 of 1996) is hereby repealed.done or any action taken in pursuance of any provision of the said Ordinance shall be deemed to have been made, done or taken under the corresponding provisions of this Act.</p>
<p>THE FIRST SCHEDULE</p>
<p>(See section 44)</p>
<p>CONVENTION ON THE RECOGNITION AND EXPORCEMENT OF FOREIGN ARBITRAL AWARDS</p>
<p>ARTICLE 1</p>
<p>1.This Convention shall apply to the recognition and enforcement of arbitral awards made in the territory of a State other than the State where the recognition and enforcement of such awards are sought and arising out of differences between persons, whether physical or legal.It shall also apply to arbitral awards not considered as domestic awards in the State where their recognition and enforcement are sought.</p>
<p>2.The term arbitral awards shall include not only awards made by arbitrators appointed for each case but also those made by permanent arbitral bodies to which the parties have submitted.</p>
<p>3.When signing, ratifying or acceding to this Convention, or notifying extension under article X hereof, and State may on the basis of reciprocity declare that it will apply the Convention to the recognition and enforcement of awards made only in the territory of another Contracting State.It may also declare that it will apply the Convention only to differences arising out of legal relationships, whether contractual or not, which are considered as commercial undertaking national law of the State making such declaration.</p>
<p>ARTICLE II</p>
<p>1.Each Contracting State shall recognise an agreement in writing under which the parties undertaking to submit to arbitration all or any differences which have arisen or which may arise between them in respect of defined legal relationship, whether contractual or not, concerning a subject-matter capable of settlement by arbitration.</p>
<p>2.The term agreement in writing shall include an arbitral clause in a contract or an arbitration agreement, signed by the parties or contained in an exchange of letters or telegrams.</p>
<p>3.The court of a Contracting State, when seized of an action in a matter in respect of which the parties have made an agreement within the meaning of this article, shall, at the request of one of the parties, refer the parties to arbitration, unless in finds that the said agreement is null and void, inoperative of incapable of being performed.</p>
<p>ARTICLE III</p>
<p>Each Contracting State shall recognize arbitral awards as binding and enforcement them in accordance with the rules of procedure of the territory where the award is relied upon, under the conditions laid down in the following articles.There shall not be imposed substantially more onerous conditions or higher fees or charges on the recognition or enforcement of arbitral awards to which this Convention applies than are imposed on the recognition or enforcement of domestic arbitral awards.</p>
<p>ARTICLE IV</p>
<p>1.To obtain the recognition and enforcement mentioned in the proceeding article, the party applying for recognition and enforcement shall, at the time of the application, supply:</p>
<p>(a) the duly authenticated original award or a duly certified copy thereof:</p>
<p>(b) the original agreement referred to in article II or a duly certified copy thereof.</p>
<p>2.If the said award or agreement is not made in an official language of the country in which the award is relied upon, the party applying for recognition and enforcement of the award shall produce a translation of these documents into such language.The translation shall be certified by an official or sworn translator or by a diplomatic or consular agent.</p>
<p>ARTICLE V</p>
<p>1.Recognition and enforcement of the award may be refused, at the request of the party against whom it is invoked, only if that party furnishes to the competent authority where the recognition and enforcement is sought, proof that&#8212;-</p>
<p>(a) the parties to the agreement referred to in article II were, under the law applicable to them, under some incapacity, or the said agreement in not valid under the law to which the parties have subjected it or, failing any indication thereon, under the law of the country where the award was made; or</p>
<p>(b) the party against whom the award is invoked was not given proper notice of the appointment of the arbitrator or of the arbitration proceedings or was otherwise unable to present his case; or</p>
<p>(c) the award deals with a difference not contemplated by or not falling within the terms of the submission to arbitration, or it contains decisions on matters beyond the scope of the submission to arbitration, provided that, if the decisions on matters submitted to arbitration can be separated from those not so submitted, that part of the award which contains decisions on matters submitted to arbitration may be recognised and enforced; or</p>
<p>(d) the composition of the arbitral authority or the arbitral procedure was not in accordance with the agreement of the parties, or, failing such agreement, was not in accordance with the law of the country where the arbitration took place; or</p>
<p>(e) the award has not yet become binding on the parties, or has been set aside or suspended by a competent authority of the country in which, or under the law of which, that award was made.</p>
<p>2.Recognition and enforcement of an arbitral award may also be refused if the competent authority in the country where recognition and enforcement is sought finds that&#8212;-</p>
<p>(a) the subject matter of the difference is not capable of settlement by arbitration under the law of that country; or</p>
<p>(b) the recognition or enforcement of the award would be contrary to the public policy of that country.</p>
<p>ARTICLE VI</p>
<p>If an application for the setting aside or suspension of the award has been made to a competent authority referred to in article V(1) (e), the authority before which the award is sought to be relied upon may, if it considers it proper, adjourn the decision on the enforcement of the award and may also, on the application of the party claiming enforcement of the award, order the other party to give suitable security.</p>
<p>ARTICLE VII</p>
<p>1.The provisions of the present Convention shall not affect the validity of multilateral or bilateral agreements concerning the recognition and enforcement of arbitral awards entered into by the Contracting States nor deprive any interested party of any right he may have to avail himself of an arbitral award in the manner and to the extent allowed by the law or the treaties of the country where such award is sought to be relied upon.</p>
<p>2.The Geneva Protocol on Arbitration Clauses of 1923 and the Geneva Convention on the Execution of Foreign Arbitral Awards of 1927 shall cease to have effect between Contracting States on their becoming bound and to the extent that they become bound by this Convention.</p>
<p>ARTICLE VIII</p>
<p>1.This Convention shall be upon until 31st December, 1958 for signature on behalf of any Member of the United Nations and also on behalf of any other State which is or hereafter becomes member of any specialised agency of the United Nations, or which is or hereafter becomes a party to the Statute of the International Court of Justice, or any other State to which an invitation has been addressed by the General Assembly of the United Nations.</p>
<p>2.This Convention shall be ratified and the instrument of ratification shall be deposited with the Secretary-General of the United Nations.</p>
<p>ARTICLE 1X</p>
<p>1.This Convention shall be upon for accession to all States referred to in article VIII.</p>
<p>2.Accession shall be effected by the deposit of an instrument of accession with the Secretary-General of the United Nations.</p>
<p>ARTICLE X</p>
<p>1.Any State may, at the time of signature, ratification or accession, declare that this Convention shall extend to all or any of the territories for the international relations of which it is responsible.Such a declaration shall take effect when the Convention enters into force for the State concerned.</p>
<p>2.At any time thereafter any such extension shall be made by notification addressed to the Secretary-General of the United Nations and shall take effect as from the ninetieth day after the day of receipt by the Secretary-General of the United Nations of this notifications, or as from the date of entry into force of the Convention for the State concerned, whichever is the later.</p>
<p>3.With respect to those territories to which this Convention is not extended at the time of signature, ratification or accession, each State concerned shall consider the possibility of taking the necessary steps in order to extend the application of this Convention to such territories, subject, where necessary for constitutional reasons, to the consent of the Governments of such territories.</p>
<p>ARTICLE XI</p>
<p>In the case of a federal or non-unitary State, the following provisions shall apply:&#8212;</p>
<p>(a) with respect of those articles of this Convention that come within the legislative jurisdiction of the federal authority, the obligations of the federal Government shall to this extent be the same as those of Contracting States which are not federal States;</p>
<p>(b) with respect to those articles of this Convention that come within the legislative jurisdiction of constituent States or provinces which are not, under the constitutional system of the federation, bound to take legislative action, the federal Government shall bring such articles with a favourable recommendation to the notice of the appropriate authorities of constituent States or provinces at the earliest possible moment;</p>
<p>(c) a federal State Party to this Convention shall, at the request of any other Contracting State transmitted through the Secretary-General of the United Nations, supply a statement of the law and practice of the federation and its constituent units in regard to any particular provision of this Convention, showing the extent to which effect has been given to that provision by legislative or other action.</p>
<p>ARTICLE XII</p>
<p>1.This Convention shall come into force on the ninetieth day following the date of deposit of the third instrument of ratification or accession.</p>
<p>2.For each State ratifying or acceding to this Convention after the deposit of the third instrument of ratification or accession, this Convention shall enter into force on the ninetieth day after deposit by such State of its instrument of ratification or accession.</p>
<p>ARTICLE XIII</p>
<p>1.Any Contracting State may denounce this Convention by a written notification to the Secretary-General of the United Nations.Denunciation shall take effect one year after the date of receipt of the notification by the Secretary-General.</p>
<p>2.Any State which has made a declaration or notification under article X may, at any time thereafter, by notification to the Secretary-General of the United Nations, declare that this Convention shall cease to extend to the territory concerned one year after the date of the receipt of the notification by the Secretary-General.</p>
<p>3.This Convention shall continue to be applicable to arbitral awards in respect of which recognition or enforcement proceedings have been instituted before the denunciation takes effect.</p>
<p>ARTICLE XIV</p>
<p>A Contracting State shall not be entitled to avail itself of the present Convention against other Contracting States except to the extent that it is itself bound to apply the Convention.</p>
<p>ARTICLE XV</p>
<p>The Secretary General of the United Nations shall notify the States contemplated in article VIII of the following:&#8212;-</p>
<p>(a) signatures and ratifications in accordance with article VIII;</p>
<p>(b) accessions in accordance with article IX;</p>
<p>(c) declarations and notifications under articles I, X and XI;</p>
<p>(d) the date upon which this Convention enters into force in accordance with article XII;</p>
<p>(e) denunciations and notifications in accordance with article XIII.</p>
<p>ARTICLE XVI</p>
<p>1.This Convention, of which the Chinese, English, French, Russian and Spanish texts shall be equally authentic, shall be deposited in the archives of the United Nations.</p>
<p>2.The Secretary General of the United Nations shall transmit a certified copy of this Convention to the State contemplated in article XIII.</p>
<p>THE SECOND SCHEDULE<br />
(See section 53)<br />
PROTOCOL ON ARBITRATION CLAUSES</p>
<p>The undersigned, being duly authorised, declare that they accept, on behalf of the countries which they represent, the following provisions:&#8212;-</p>
<p>1.Each of the Contracting States recognises the validity of an agreement whether relating to existing or future differences between parties subject respectively to the jurisdiction of different Contracting States by which the parties to a contract agree to submit to arbitration all or any differences that may arise in connection with such contract relating to commercial matters or to any other matter capable of settlement by arbitration, whether or not the arbitration is to take place in a country to whose jurisdiction none of the parties is subject.</p>
<p>Each Contracting State reserves the right to limit the obligation mentioned above to contracts which are considered as commercial under its national law.Any Contracting State which avails itself of this right will notify the Secretary-General of the League of Nations in order that the other Contracting States may be so informed.</p>
<p>2.The arbitral procedure, including the constitution of the Arbitral Tribunal, shall be governed by the will of the parties and by the law of the country in whose territory the arbitration takes place.</p>
<p>The Contracting States agree to facilitate all steps in the procedure which require to be taken in their own territories, in accordance with the provisions of their law governing arbitral procedure applicable to existing differences.</p>
<p>3.Each Contracting State undertakes to endure the execution by its authorities and in accordance with the provisions of its national law of arbitral awards made in its own territory under the preceding articles.</p>
<p>4.The Tribunals of the Contracting Parties, on being seized of a dispute regarding a contract made between persons to whom Article I applies and including an Arbitration Agreement whether referring to present or further differences with is valid in virtue of the said article and capable of being carried into effect, shall refer the parties on the application of either of them to the decision of the Arbitrators.</p>
<p>Such reference shall not prejudice the competence of he judicial tribunals in case the agreement or the arbitration cannot proceed or becomes inoperative.</p>
<p>5.The present Protocol, which shall remain open for signature by all States, shall be ratified.The ratification shall be deposited as soon as possible with the Secretary, General of the League of Nations, who shall notify such deposit to all the Signatory States.</p>
<p>6.The present Protocol will come into force as soon as two ratifications have been deposited.Thereafter it will take effect, in the case of each Contracting State, one month after the notification by the Secretary-General of the deposit of its ratification.</p>
<p>7.The present Protocol may be denounced by any Contracting State on giving one year$s notice.Denunciation shall be effected by a notification addressed to the Secretary-General of the League, who will immediately transmit copies of such notification to all the other Signatory States and inform them of the date on which it was received.The denunciation shall take effect one year after the date on which it was notified to the Secretary-General, and shall operate only in respect of the notifying State.</p>
<p>8.The Contracting States may declare that their acceptance of the present Protocol does not include any or all of the undermentioned territories; that is to say, their colonies, overseas possessions or territories, protectorates or the territories over which they exercise a mandate.</p>
<p>The said States may subsequently adhere separately on behalf of any territory thus excluded.The Secretary-General of the League of Nations shall be informed as soon as possible of such adhesions.He shall notify such adhesions to all Signatory States.They will take effect on month after the notification by the Secretary-General to all Signatory states.</p>
<p>The Contracting States may also denounce the Protocol separately on behalf of any of the territories referred to above.Article 7 applies to such denunciation.</p>
<p>THE THIRD SCHEDULE<br />
(See sections 53)<br />
CONVENTION ON THE EXECUTION OF FOREIGN ARBITRAL AWARDS</p>
<p>ARTICLE 1</p>
<p>(1) In the territories of any High Contracting Party to which the present Convention applies, an arbitral award made in pursuance of an agreement, whether relating the existing or future differences (hereinafter called a submission to arbitration) covered by the Protocol on arbitration Clauses opened at Geneva on September 24th.1923, shall be recognised as binding and shall be enforced in accordance with the rules of the procedure of the territory where the award is relied upon, provided that the said award has been made in a territory of one of the High Contracting Parties to which the present Convention applies and between persons who are subject to the jurisdiction of one of the High Contracting Parties.</p>
<p>(2) To obtain such recognition or enforcement, it shall, further, be necessary:&#8212;</p>
<p>(a) that the award has been made in pursuance of a submission to arbitration which is valid under the law applicable thereto;</p>
<p>(b) that the subject-matter of the award is capable of settlement by arbitration under the law of the country in which the award is sought to be relied upon;</p>
<p>(c) that the award has been made by the Arbitral Tribunal provided for in the submission to arbitration or constituted in the manner agreed upon by the parties and in conformity with the law governing the arbitration procedure;</p>
<p>(d) that the award has become final in the country in which it has been made, in the sense that it will not be considered as such if it is open to opposition, appeal or pourvoi en cassation (in the countries where such forms of procedure exist) or if it is proved that any proceedings for the purpose of contesting the validity of the award are pending;</p>
<p>(e) that the recognition or enforcement of the award is not contrary to the public policy or to the principles of the law of the country in which it is sought to be relied upon.</p>
<p>ARTICLE 2</p>
<p>Even if the conditions laid down in Article I hereof are fulfilled, recognition and enforcement of the award shall be refused if the Court is satisfied:&#8212;</p>
<p>(a) that the award has been annulled in the country in which it was made:&#8212;</p>
<p>(b) that the party against whom it is sought to use the award was not given notice of the arbitration proceedings in sufficient time to enable him to present his case; or that, being under a legal incapacity, he was not properly represented;</p>
<p>(c) that the award does not deal with the differences contemplated by or falling within the terms of the submission to arbitration or that it contains decisions on matters beyond the scope of the submission to arbitration.</p>
<p>If the award has not covered all the questions submitted to the arbitral tribunal, the competent authority of the country where recognition or enforcement of the award is sought can, if it thinks fit , postpone such recognition or enforcement or grant it subject to such guarantee as that authority may decide.</p>
<p>ARTICLE 3</p>
<p>If the party against whom the award has been made proves that, under the law governing the arbitration procedure, there is a ground, other than the grounds referred to in Article 1(a) and (c), and Article 2(b) and (c), entitling him to contest the validity of the award in a Court of Law, the Court may, if it thinks fit, either refuse recognition or enforcement of the award or adjourn the consideration thereof, giving such party a reasonable time within which to have the award annulled by the competent tribunal.</p>
<p>ARTICLE 4</p>
<p>The party relying upon an award or claiming its enforcement must supply, in particular:&#8211;</p>
<p>(1) the original award or a copy thereof duly authenticated, according to the requirements of the law of the country in which it was made;</p>
<p>(2) documentary or other evidence to prove that the award has become final, in the sense defined in Article 1 (d), in the country in which it was made;</p>
<p>(3) when necessary, documentary or other evidence to prove that the conditions laid down in Article 1, Paragraph (1) and paragraph (2) (a) and (c), have been fulfilled.</p>
<p>A translation of the award and of the award and of the other documents mentioned in this Article into the official language of the country where the award is sought to be relied upon may be demanded.Such translations must be certified correct by a diplomatic or consular agent of the country to which the party who seeks to rely upon the award belongs or by a sworn translator of the country where the award is sought to be relied upon.</p>
<p>ARTICLE 5<br />
The provisions of the above articles small not deprive any interested party of the right of availing himself of an arbitral award in the manner and to the extent allowed by the law or the treaties of the country where such award is sought to be relied upon.</p>
<p>ARTICLE 6<br />
The present Convention applies only to arbitral awards made after the coming into force of the Protocol on Arbitration Clauses opened at Geneva on September 24th, 1923.</p>
<p>ARTICLE 7<br />
The present Convention, which will remain open to the signature of all the signatories of the Protocol of 1923 on Arbitration Clauses, shall be ratified.</p>
<p>It may be ratified only on behalf of those Members of the League of Nations and Non-member States on whose behalf the Protocol of 1923 on Arbitration Clauses, shall be ratified.</p>
<p>Ratification shall be deposited as soon as possible with the Secretary-General of the League of Nations, who will notify such deposit to all the signatories.</p>
<p>ARTICLE 8<br />
The present Convention shall come into force three months after it shall have been ratified on behalf of two High Contracting Parties.Thereafter, it shall take effect, in the case of each High Contracting Party, three months after the deposit of the ratification on its behalf with the Secretary-General of the League of Nations.</p>
<p>ARTICLE 9<br />
The present Convention may be denounced on behalf of any Member of the League or Non-Member State.Denunciation shall be notified in writing to the Secretary-General of the League of Nations, who will immediately send a copy thereof, certified to the in conformity with the notifications, to all the other Contracting Parties, at the same time informing them of the date on which he received it</p>
<p>The denunciation shall come into force only in respect of the High Contracting Party which shall have notified it and one year after such notification shall have reached the Secretary &#8212; General of the League of Nations.</p>
<p>The denunciation of the Protocol on Arbitration Clauses shall entail , ipso facto, the denunciation of the present Convention.</p>
<p>ARTICLE 10<br />
The present Convention does not apply to the colonies, protectorates or territories under suzerainty or mandate of any High Contracting Party unless they are specially mentioned.</p>
<p>The application of this Convention to one or more of such colonies, protectorates or territories to which the Protocol on Arbitration Clauses opened at Geneva on September 24th, 1923, applies, can be effected at any time by means of a declaration addressed to the Secretary-General of the League of Nations by one of the High Contracting Parties.</p>
<p>Such declaration shall take effect three months after the deposit thereof.</p>
<p>The High Contracting Parties can at any time denounce the Convention for all or any of the colonies, protectorates or territories referred to above.Article 9 hereof applied to such denunciation.</p>
<p>ARTICLE 11<br />
A certified copy of the present Convention shall be transmitted by the Secretary-General of the league of Nations of every Member of the league of Nations and to every Non-Member State which sign the same.</p>
<p>K.L.MOHANPURIA,<br />
Secy.to the Govt.of India.</p>
<p>Identify your Lawyer/ Advocate for legal services at:-</p>
<p>Ahmedabad, Amritsar, Bangalore, Baroda, Chandigarh, Chennai, Coimbatore, Cochin, Delhi, Goa, Hyderabad, Jaipur, Gaziabad, Noida, Gurgaon, Faridabad, Jalandhar, Kanpur, Kochi, Kolkata, Lucknow, Mumbai, Pune, Trivandrum/ Thiruvananthapuram ,Singapore, Australia, Hong Kong, Sri Lanka,, Malaysia , Burma (Myanmar), Indonesia, Philippines. Singapore, Thailand, Pakistan, Nepal, Mauritius, Bangladesh, South Korea, China, South Africa, UK, Italy, Spain, USA- Texas, Canada &#8211; Ontario, Brazil</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.legalindia.in/the-arbitration-and-conciliation-act-1996/feed</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>THE BUSINESS PROFITS ACT, 1947</title>
		<link>http://www.legalindia.in/the-business-profits-act-1947</link>
		<comments>http://www.legalindia.in/the-business-profits-act-1947#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 05 Jun 2009 20:49:45 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Legal India</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Corporate & Commercial Law Act & Rules]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.legalindia.in/?p=1181</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[An Act to impose a special tax on a certain class of income WHEREAS it is expedient to imposes a special tax on income arising from business; It is hereby enacted as follows:- 1.Short title, extent and commencement. 1. Short title, extent and commencement.- (1) This Act may be called the Business Profits Tax Act, [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>An Act to impose a special tax on a certain class of income</p>
<p>WHEREAS it is expedient to imposes a special tax on income arising from business;</p>
<p>It is hereby enacted as follows:-</p>
<p>1.Short title, extent and commencement.</p>
<p>1. Short title, extent and commencement.- (1) This Act may be called the Business Profits Tax Act, 1947.(2) It extends to the whole of British India.</p>
<p>(3) It shall come into force on such date as the Central Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette appoint.</p>
<p>2.Interpretation.</p>
<p>2. Interpretation.- In this Act, unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context, -</p>
<p>(1) &#8220;abatement&#8221; means, in respect of any chargeable accounting period, a sum which bears to a sum equal to-</p>
<p>(a) in the case of a company, not being a company deemed for the purposes of section 9 to be a firm, six per cent. of the capital of the company on the first day of the said period computed in accordance with Schedule II, or one lakh of rupees, whichever is greater, or</p>
<p>(b) in the case of a firm having-</p>
<p>(i) not more than two working partners one lakh of rupees, or</p>
<p>(ii) three working partners, one and a half, lakhs of rupees, or</p>
<p>(iii) four or more working partners, two lakhs of rupees, or</p>
<p>(c) in the case of a Hindu undivided family two lakhs of rupees, or</p>
<p>(d) in any other case, one lakh of rupees,-</p>
<p>the same proportion as the said period bears to the period of one year;</p>
<p>(2) &#8220;accounting period&#8221; in relation to any business means any period which is or has been determined as the previous year for that business for the purposes of the Indian Income-tax Act, 1922;</p>
<p>(3) &#8220;business&#8221; includes any trade, commerce or manufacture, or any adventure in the nature of trade, commerce or manufacture, or any profession or vocation the profits of which are chargeable according to the provisions of section 10 of the Indian Income- tax Act, 1922:</p>
<p>Provided that where the functions of a company or of a society incorporated by or under any enactment consist wholly or mainly in the holding of investments or other property, the holding of the investments or property shall be deemed for the purposes of this definition to be a business carried on by such company or society:</p>
<p>Provided further that all businesses to which this Act applies carried on by the same person shall be treated as one business for the purposes of this act;</p>
<p>(4) &#8220;chargeable accounting period&#8221; means-</p>
<p>(a) any accounting period falling wholly within the term beginning on the first day of April, 1946, and ending on the thirty-first day of<br />
March, 1947;</p>
<p>(b) where any accounting period falls partly within and partly without the said term, such part of that accounting period as falls within the said term;</p>
<p>(5) &#8220;Company&#8221; means a company as defined in the Indian Companies Act,<br />
1913, or formed in pursuance of an Act of Parliament or of Royal<br />
Charter or Letters Patent, or of an Act of the Legislature of a<br />
British possession or of a law of an Indian State, and includes any foreign association, whether incorporated or not, which the Central<br />
Board of Revenue may, by general or special order, declare to be a company for the purposes of this Act.</p>
<p>(6) &#8220;control of company&#8221; means control direct or indirect of more than one-half of the voting power attached to the total issued paid-up share capital of the company or control vested by its Memorandum and<br />
Articles of Association otherwise than by reference to such voting power:</p>
<p>Provided that the voting power attached to shares held by a nominee or trustee for any person shall be deemed for the purpose of this definition to be held by that person;</p>
<p>(7) &#8220;deficiency of profits&#8221; means-</p>
<p>(i) where profits have been made in any chargeable accounting period, the amount by which such profits fall short of the abatement in respect of that period;</p>
<p>(ii) where a loss has been made in any chargeable accounting period, the amount of the loss added to the abatement in respect of that period;</p>
<p>(8) &#8220;director&#8221; includes any person occupying the position of a director by whatever name called and also includes any person who-</p>
<p>(i) is a manager of the company or concerned in the management of the business, and</p>
<p>(ii) is remunerated out of the funds of the business, and</p>
<p>(iii) is the beneficial owner of not less than twenty per cent. of the ordinary share capital of the company;l</p>
<p>(9) &#8220;dividend&#8221; has the same meaning as in section 2 of the Indian<br />
Income-tax Act, 1922;</p>
<p>(10) &#8220;firm&#8221;, &#8220;partner&#8221; and &#8220;partnership&#8221; have the same meanings respectively as in the Indian Partnership Act, 1932; [B (11) &#8220;fixed rate&#8221; in relation to dividends on share capital other than ordinary share capital, includes a rate fluctuating in accordance with the maximum rate of income-tax;</p>
<p>(12) &#8220;loss&#8221; means a loss computed in the same manner as, for the purposes of this act, profits are to be computed;</p>
<p>(13) &#8220;ordinary share capital&#8221;, in relation to a company, means all the issued share capital (by whatever name called) of the company, other than capital the holders whereof have a right to a dividend at a fixed rate but have no other right to share in the profits of the company;</p>
<p>(14) &#8220;person&#8221; includes a Hindu undivided family;</p>
<p>(15) &#8220;prescribed&#8221; means prescribed by rules made under this Act;</p>
<p>(16) &#8220;profits&#8221; means profits as determined in accordance with Schedule<br />
1;</p>
<p>(17) &#8220;taxable profits&#8221; means the amount by which the profits during a chargeable accounting period exceed the abatement in respect of that period;</p>
<p>(18) &#8220;working partner&#8221; of a firm means a partner thereof who is required by the terms of the contract of partnership to devote substantially the whole of his time to the business of the firm.</p>
<p>3.Tax authorities.</p>
<p>3.Tax authorities.- (1) Every Commissioner of Income-tax, Appellate<br />
Assistant Commissioner of Income-tax, Inspecting assistant<br />
Commissioner of Income-tax and Income-tax Officer shall have like powers under this Act and in relation to the same area and cases as he exercises under the Indian Income-tax Act, 1922.(2) All officers and persons employed in the execution of this Act shall observe and follow the orders, instructions and directions of the Central Board of Revenue:</p>
<p>Provided that no such orders, instructions or directions shall be given so as to interfere with the discretion of the Appellate<br />
Assistance Commissioner of Income-tax in the exercise of his appellate functions.</p>
<p>4.Charge of tax.</p>
<p>4.Charge of tax.- Subject to the provisions of this Act, there shall, in respect of any business to which this Act applies, be charged, levied and paid on the amount of the taxable profits during any chargeable accounting period, a tax (in this Act referred to as<br />
&#8220;business profits tax&#8221;) which shall be equal to sixteen and two-thirds per cent. of the taxable profits:</p>
<p>Provided that-</p>
<p>(a) any profits which are, under the provisions of sub- section (3)m of section 4 of the Indian Income-tax Act, 1922, exempt from income-tax,</p>
<p>(b) all profits from any business of life insurance,</p>
<p>(c) any sum paid to a business by or through the Central Government by way of bonus or subsidy,-</p>
<p>shall be totally exempt from business profits tax under this Act.</p>
<p>5.Application of Act.</p>
<p>5.Application of Act.- This Act shall apply to every business of which any part of the profits made during the chargeable accounting period is chargeable to income-tax by virtue of the provisions of sub-clause<br />
(1) or sub- clause (ii) of clause (b) of sub-section (1) of section 4.of the Indian Income-tax Act, 1922, or of clause (c) of that sub-section:</p>
<p>Provided that this Act shall not apply to any business the whole of the profits of which accrue or arise without British India where such business is carried on by or on behalf of a person who is resident but not ordinarily resident in British India, unless the business is controlled in India:</p>
<p>Provided further that this act shall not apply to any income, profits or gains of business accruing or arising within an Indian State unless such income, profits or gains are received or deemed under the provisions of the aforesaid Act to be received in or are brought into british India in any chargeable accounting period, or are assessable under section 42 of that Act.</p>
<p>6.Relief on occurrence of deficiency of profits.</p>
<p>6.Relief on occurrence of deficiency of profits.- Where a deficiency of profits occurs in any chargeable accounting period in any business, the taxable profits of the business shall be deemed to be reduced and relief shall be granted in accordance with the following provisions:-</p>
<p>(a) the aggregate amount of the taxable profits for the previous chargeable accounting periods shall be deemed to be reduced by the amount of the deficiency of profits and the amount of business profits tax payable in respect thereof shall be deemed to be reduced accordingly, and the relief necessary to give effect to the reduction shall be given by repayment or otherwise;</p>
<p>(b) where the amount of the deficiency of profits exceeds the aggregate amount of the taxable profits for the previous chargeable accounting periods or where there is no previous chargeable accounting period, the balance of the deficiency of profits or the whole of the deficiency, as the case may be, shall be applied in reducing any taxable profits for the next subsequent chargeable accounting period, and if and so far as it exceeds the amount of those profits, any taxable profits for the next subsequent chargeable accounting period and so on.</p>
<p>7.Change in persons carrying on business.</p>
<p>7.Change in persons carrying on business.- As from the date of any change in the persons carrying on a business, the business shall be deemed for all the purposes of this act to have been discontinued and a new business to have been commenced:</p>
<p>Provided that where a change takes place in the persons carrying on a business and where except for such change relief would be allowable under section 6, the Central Board of Revenue may, if it thinks fit, allow such relief under that section as it considers just, having regard to the extent to which the persons directly or indirectly interested in the business before the change remain interested therein after the change.</p>
<p>8.Interconnected companies.</p>
<p>8.Interconnected companies.- (1) Where any interest, annuity, or other annual payment, or any royalty or rent, is payable by one company to another company, and one of those companies is a subsidiary of the other, or both are subsidiaries of a third company, and the recipient company is resident outside British India, no allowance shall be made in respect of such payment in computing the profits or losses of the paying company.</p>
<p>(2) Where-</p>
<p>(a) a company (hereinafter referred to as &#8220;the principal&#8221;) is resident in British India and is not a subsidiary of any other company resident in British India; and</p>
<p>(b) during the whole or any part of any chargeable accounting period of the principal, another company resident or carrying on business within British India (hereinafter referred to as &#8220;the subsidiary&#8221;) is a subsidiary of the principal,</p>
<p>the capital or profits or losses of the subsidiary for such chargeable accounting period or part thereof shall be treated for the purposes of this Act as if they were the capital of, or as the case may be, profits or losses arising from the business of, the principal:</p>
<p>Provided that the profits of the subsidiary so treated shall not be exempted from business profits tax in the hands of the principal by reason of any exemption applicable to the principal under the proviso to section 4.(3) Where the chargeable accounting periods of the principal and subsidiary are not co-terminus, such division and apportionment of the profits or losses of the subsidiary for any chargeable accounting period shall be made as will allocate the due proportion thereof to the relative chargeable accounting period or periods of the principal;<br />
and such division and apportionment shall be by reference to the proportion that the number of days of the chargeable accounting period of the subsidiary falling within the relative chargeable accounting period or periods of the principal bears to the total number of days in the chargeable accounting period of the subsidiary.</p>
<p>(4) For the purposes of this section a company shall be deemed to be a subsidiary of another company if and so long as not less than four-fifths of its ordinary share capital is beneficially owned by that other company, whether directly or through another company or other companies, or partly directly and partly through another company or other companies.</p>
<p>(5) The business profits tax payable by virtue of this section by the principal shall, for the purposes of section 10 be allocated by the income-tax Officer to the respective companies concerned in such proportion as in his opinion is just.</p>
<p>Provided that the principal shall have the same rights of appeal against an order of allocation made under this sub-section as it has under this Act against the amount of its business profits tax assessment.</p>
<p>9.Aggregation of profits in certain cases.</p>
<p>9. Aggregation of profits in certain cases.- Where an individual is entitled to profits arising from more than one business, of which at least one is carried on by a firm in which he is a partner, the income-tax Officer may, with the prior sanction of the Inspecting assistant Commissioner of Income- tax, aggregate the shares of such individual in the profits or losses of all of such business and treat the sum of such aggregation as the profits of a business carried on by such individual and assess him accordingly:</p>
<p>Provided that if the accounting periods of such businesses are not co-terminus, the Income-tax Officer shall determine in respect of such individual his chargeable accounting period and shall make such divisions, apportionments and aggregation of the shares of such individual in the profits or losses of the several businesses as may be necessary to determine for such chargeable accounting period the total profits and gains of such individual therefrom:</p>
<p>Provided further that for the purposes of this section, a company, which is neither one in which the public are substantially interested, as defined in the Explanation to sub-section (1) of section 23A of the<br />
Indian Income-tax Act, 1922, nor a subsidiary company as defined in sub-section (4) of section 8 of this Act, shall be deemed to be a firm in which the persons having an interest in the company are partners or, in the case of a sole- shareholder, a business carried on by that sole-shareholder, and the profits of such company shall be computed accordingly:</p>
<p>Provided further that any profits or losses so aggregated for assessment upon an individual shall be excluded from the profits or losses of the respective businesses for the purposes of this Act; and no assessment under this act shall be made in respect of any such business save in the names of the other partners therein.</p>
<p>10.Allowances of business profit tax in computing income for income-tax purposes.</p>
<p>10.Allowances of business profit tax in computing income for income-tax purposes.- The amount of the business profits tax payable by any person for any chargeable accounting period shall, in computing total income for the purposes of the relevant income-tax or super-tax assessment, be allowed as a deduction;</p>
<p>Provided that where, under the provisions of this Act relating to deficiencies of profits relief is given by way of repayment from business profits tax chargeable for any chargeable accounting period previous to that in which the deficiency occurs the amount of the deduction allowed shall not be altered, but the amount repayable shall be taken into account in computing the profits and gains of the business for the purposes of income-tax as if it were a profit of the business accruing in the previous year (as determined for that business for the purposes of the Indian Income- tax Act, 1922) in which the deficiency of profits occurs.</p>
<p>11.Issue of notice for assessment.</p>
<p>11.Issue of notice for assessment.- (1) The Income-tax Officer may, for the purposes of this Act, require any person whom he believes to be engaged in any business to which this Act applies, or to have been so engaged during any chargeable accounting period, or to be otherwise liable to pay business profits tax, to furnish within such period, not being less than forty-five days from the date of the service of the notice, as may be specified in the notice, a return in the prescribed form and verified in the prescribed manner setting forth (along with such other particulars as may be provided for in the notice) with respect to any chargeable accounting period specified in the notice the profits of the business or the amount of deficiency, if any, available for relief under section 6:</p>
<p>Provided that the Income-tax Officer may, in his discretion, extend the date for the delivery of the return.</p>
<p>(2) The Income-tax Officer may serve on any person, upon whom a notice has ben served under sub-section (1), a notice requiring him on a date to be therein specified to produce, or cause to be produced, such accounts or documents as the Income-tax Officer may require, and may from time to time serve further notices in like manner requiring the production of such further accounts or documents or other evidence as he may require.</p>
<p>12.Assessments.</p>
<p>12. Assessments.- (1) The Income-tax Officer shall, by an order in writing after considering such evidence, if any, as he has required under section 11, assess to the best of his judgement the profits liable to business profits tax and the amount of business profits tax payable on the basis of such assessment, or if there is a deficiency of profits, the amount of that deficiency and the amount of business profits tax, if any repayable, and shall furnish a copy of such order to the person on whom the assessment has been made.</p>
<p>(2) Business profits tax payable in respect of any chargeable accounting period shall be payable by the person carrying on, or treated as carrying on, the business in that period.</p>
<p>(3) Where two or more persons were carrying on the business jointly in the chargeable accounting period, the assessment shall be made upon them jointly and, in the case of a partnership, may be made in the partnership name.</p>
<p>(4) Where by virtue of the foregoing provisions an assessment could, but for his death, have been made on any person either solely or jointly with any other person or persons, the assessment may be made on his legal representative either solely or jointly with that other person or persons, as the case may be.</p>
<p>13.Power to make provisional assessments.</p>
<p>13.Power tomake provisional assessments.- (1) The Income-tax Officer, before proceeding to make an assessment (in this section referred to as the regular assessment) under section 12, may, at any time after the expiry of the period specified in the notice issued under sub-section (1) of section 11 as that within which the return therein referred to is to be furnished, and whether the return has or has not been furnished, proceed to make in summary manner a provisional assessment of the taxable profits and the amount of business profits tax payable thereon.</p>
<p>(2) Before making such provisional assessment the Income-tax Officer shall give notice in the prescribed form to the person on whom assessment is to be made of his intention to do so, and shall with the notice forward a statement of the amount of the proposed assessment, and the said person shall be entitled to deliver to the Income-tax<br />
Officer at any time within fourteen days of receipt of the said notice a statement of his objections, if any, to the amount of the proposed assessment.</p>
<p>(3) On expiry of one month from the date of service of the notice referred to in sub-section (2), or earlier if the assessee agrees to the proposed assessment, the Income-tax Officer may, after taking into account the objections, if any, made under sub-section (2), make a provisional assessment, and shall furnish a copy of the order of assessment to the assessee:</p>
<p>Provided that assent to the amount of the assessment, or failure to make objection to it, shall in no way prejudice the assessee in relation to the regular assessment.</p>
<p>(4) In making any such provisional assessment the Income-tax Officer shall make allowance for any deficiencies of profits for previous chargeable accounting periods which are under the provisions of section 6 to be set off against the taxable profits of the chargeable accounting period in respect of which the assessment is being made:</p>
<p>Provided that, where such deficiencies of profits have not been determined under sub-section (1) of section 12, the Income- tax<br />
Officer shall estimate the amount thereof to the best of his judgement.</p>
<p>(5) There shall be no right of appeal against a provisional assessment made under this section, and it shall, until a regular assessment is made in due course under section 12, determine the amount of business profits tax due from the assessee.</p>
<p>(6) If, when a regular assessment is made in due course under section<br />
12, the amount of business profits tax payable thereunder is found to exceed that determined as payable by the provisional assessment, it shall be reduced by the amount determined as payable by the provisional assessment.</p>
<p>(7) If, when a regular assessment is made in due course under section<br />
12, the amount of business profits tax payable thereunder is found to be less than that determined as payable by the provisional assessment, any excess of tax paid as a result of the provisional assessment, any excess of tax paid as a result of the provisional assessment shall be refunded to the assessee, together with interest at two per cent. per annum calculated from the date of payment of such excess tax to the date of the order of refund, both days inclusive.</p>
<p>14.Profits escaping assessment.</p>
<p>14.Profits escaping assessment.- If, in consequence of definite information which has come into his possession, the Income-tax Officer discovers that profits of any chargeable accounting period chargeable to business profits tax have escaped assessment, or have been underassessed, or have been the subject of excessive relief, he may at any time within four years of the end of the chargeable accounting period in question serve on the person liable to such tax a notice containing all or any of the requirements which may be included in a notice under section 11, and may proceed to assess or reassess the amount of such profits liable to business profits tax, and the provisions f this Act shall, so far as may be, apply as if the notice were a notice issued under that section.</p>
<p>15.Penalties.</p>
<p>15.Penalties.- if the Income-tax Officer, the Appellate Assistant<br />
Commissioner of Income-tax or the Commissioner of Income-tax, in the course of any proceedings under this act, is satisfied that any person has, without reasonable cause, failed to furnish the return required under sub-section (1) of section 11, or to produce or cause to be produced the accounts or documents or other evidence required by the<br />
Income-tax Officer under sub-section (2) of that section, or has concealed particulars of the profits of the business or has deliberately furnished inaccurate particulars of such profits, he may direct that such person shall pay by way of penalty, in addition to the amount of any business profits tax payable, a sum not exceeding-</p>
<p>(a) where the person has failed to furnish the return required under sub-section (1) of section 11, the amount of the business profits tax payable;</p>
<p>(b) in any other case, the amount of business profits tax which would have been avoided if the return made had been accepted as correct:</p>
<p>Provided that the Income-tax Officer shall not impose any penalty under this section without the previous approval of the Inspecting<br />
Assistant Commissioner of Income-tax.</p>
<p>16.Appeals to Appellate Assistant Commissioner of Income-tax.</p>
<p>16. Appeals to Appellate Assistant Commissioner of Income-tax.-(1)<br />
Any person objecting to the amount of business profits tax for which he is liable as assessed by the Income-tax Officer or denying his liability to be assessed under this Act, or objecting to any penalty imposed by the Income-tax Officer, or to the amount of any deficiency of profits as assessed by the Income-tax Officer, or to the amount allowed by the Income-tax Officer by way of relief under any provision of this Act or to any refusal by the Income- tax Officer to grant relief, may appeal to the Appellate Assistant Commissioner of<br />
Income-tax.</p>
<p>(2) An appeal shall ordinarily be presented within forty-five days of receipt of the notice of demand relating to the assessment or penalty objected to, or in the case of an appeal against the assessment of a deficiency of profits, within thirty days of the receipt of the copy of the order determining the deficiency, or in the case of an appeal against the amount of a relief granted or a refusal to grant relief, within forty-five days of the receipt of the intimation of the order granting or refusing to grant the relief, but the Appellate Assistant<br />
Commissioner of Income-tax may admit an appeal after the expiration of that period if he is satisfied that the appellant had sufficient cause for not presenting it within that period.</p>
<p>(3) An appeal shall be in the prescribed form and shall be verified in the prescribed manner.</p>
<p>(4) The Appellate Assistant Commissioner of Income-tax shall hear and determine the appeal and, subject to the provisions of this Act, shall pass such orders as he thinks fit, and such orders may include an order enhancing the assessment or a penalty:</p>
<p>Provided that an order enhancing an assessment or penalty shall not be made unless the person affected thereby has been given a reasonable opportunity of showing cause against such enhancement.</p>
<p>(5) The procedure to be adopted in the hearing and determination of appeals shall be in accordance with the rules made by the Central<br />
Board of Revenue in relation to income-tax.</p>
<p>17.Appeal to Appellate Tribunal.</p>
<p>17.Appeal to Appellate Tribunal.- Any Income-tax Officer or any person in respect of whose business an order under section 12 has been passed and who objects to an order passed by an Appellate Assistant<br />
Commissioner of Income-tax under section 15 or section 16 may, within the prescribed time and in the prescribed manner appeal against such order to the Appellate Tribunal constituted under the Indian<br />
Income-tax Act, 1922, and that Tribunal shall have all such powers in disposing of the appeal as it has in respect of appeals preferred to it under the said Act.</p>
<p>18.Rectification of mistakes.</p>
<p>18.Ratification of mistakes.- The Commissioner of Income-tax may, at any time within four years from the date of any order passed by any<br />
Appellate Assistant Commissioner of Income-tax or Income-tax Officer under this Act, rectify any mistake in any evidence recorded during assessment or appellate proceedings, or any mistake apparent from the record and shall within the like period rectify any mistake apparent from the record which has been brought to his notice by a person to whose business this Act applies:</p>
<p>Provided that no such rectification shall be made having the effect of enhancing the liability of any person unless that person has been given a reasonable opportunity of being heard.</p>
<p>19.Application of provisions of Act XI of 1922.19.Application of provisions of Act XI of 1922.- The sections of the<br />
Indian Income-tax Act, 1922, as applied to excess profits tax by virtue of section 21 of the Excess Profits Tax Act, 1940, shall, in so far as they are not repugnant to the provisions of this Act, apply to business profits tax as they apply to excess profits tax.</p>
<p>20.Income-tax papers to be available for the purposes of this Act.</p>
<p>20.Income -tax papers to be available for the purposes of this Act.-</p>
<p>(1) Notwithstanding anything contained in the Indian Income- tax Act,<br />
1922, all information contained in any statement or return made or furnished under the provisions of that Act or obtained or collected for the purposes of that Act may be used for the purposes of this Act.</p>
<p>(2) All information contained in any statement or return made or furnished under the provisions of this Act or obtained or collected for the purposes of this Act may be used for the purposes of the<br />
Indian Income-tax Act, 1922.21.Failure to deliver returns or statements.</p>
<p>21.Failure to deliver returns or statements.- If any person fails, without reasonable cause or excuse, to furnish in due time any return or statement, or to produce, or cause to be produced, any accounts or documents required to be produced under section 11, he shall be punishable with fine which may extend to five hundred rupees, and with a further fine which may extend to fifty rupees for every day during which the default continues.</p>
<p>22.False statements.</p>
<p>22.False statements.- If a person makes in any return required under section 11 any statement which is false, and which he either knows or believes to be false or does not believe to be true, he shall be punishable with simple imprisonment which may extend to six months, or with fine which may extend to one thousand rupees, or with both.</p>
<p>23.Institution of proceedings and composition of offenses.</p>
<p>23.Institution of procedings and composition of offences.- (1) A<br />
person shall not be proceeded against for an offence under section 21.or section 22 except at the instance of the Inspecting Assistant<br />
Commissioner of Income-tax.</p>
<p>(2) No prosecution for an offence punishable under section 21 or section 22 or under the Indian Penal Code shall be instituted in respect of the same facts as those in respect of which a penalty has been imposed under this Act.</p>
<p>(3) The Inspecting Assistant Commissioner of Income-tax may, either before or after the institution of proceedings compound any offence punishable under section 21 or section 22.24.Power to make rules.</p>
<p>24.Power to make rules.- (1) The Central Board of Revenue may, subject to the control of the Central Government, make rules for carrying out the purposes of this Act.</p>
<p>(2) Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing power, such rules may-</p>
<p>(a) prescribe the procedure to be followed on appeals, applications for rectification off mistakes, and applications for refunds;</p>
<p>(b) provide for any matter which by, or under, this Act is to be prescribed.</p>
<p>(3) The power to make rules conferred by this section shall be exercised in like manner as the power to make rules under section 59.of the Indian Income-tax Act, 1922.SCHEDULE I</p>
<p>(See SECTION 2 (16)</p>
<p>Rules for the computation of profits for purposes of Business Profits<br />
Tax</p>
<p>1. The profits of a business during any chargeable accounting period shall be separately computed, and shall, subject to the provisions of this Schedule, be computed in accordance with the provisions of section 10 of the Indian Income-tax Act, 1922:</p>
<p>Provided that any sums other than any interest paid by a firm to a partner of the firm excluded under the proviso to clause (iii) of sub-section (2) or clause (a) of sub-section (4) of that section from the allowances made in computing the profits of the business for the purposes of income-tax shall, if paid, be included in those allowances when computing the profits of the business for the purposes of business profits tax.</p>
<p>Provided further-</p>
<p>(a) that any sums received or credited in a chargeable accounting period which by virtue of rule 9 of Schedule I to the Excess Profits<br />
Tax Act, 1940, have been treated as business receipts for the purpose of assessment to excess profits tax, and</p>
<p>(b) any expenditure or loss incurred in any chargeable accounting period, allowance in respect of which has been made for excess profits tax purposes,</p>
<p>shall be disregarded in computing the profits or losses of the chargeable accounting period:</p>
<p>Provided further that where a chargeable accounting period is not an accounting period, the profits or losses of the business during the accounting periods wholly or partly included within the chargeable accounting period shall be so computed as aforesaid, and such division and apportionment to specific periods of those profits or losses and such aggregation of those profits and losses, or any apportioned part thereof, shall be made as appears necessary to arrive at the profit during the chargeable accounting period; and any such apportionment shall be made in proportion to the number of days in the respective periods.</p>
<p>2. (1) The principle of adding the allowance for depreciation for any one period to the allowance for depreciation for any subsequent period and deeming it to be part of the allowance for such subsequent period shall not be followed.</p>
<p>(2) nothing in this Act shall be construed as permitting the application, in computing profits for the purposes of business profits tax, of the provisions of sub-section (2) of section 24 of the Indian<br />
Income-tax Act, 1922.3. Income received from investments or other property shall be included in the profits only as provided in this rule, that is to say,-</p>
<p>(a) in the case of the business of a building society, or a banking business, insurance business or business consisting wholly or mainly in the dealing in or holding of investments or other property, the profits shall include all income received from investments or other property; or</p>
<p>(b) in the case of a business part of which consists in banking, insurance or dealing in investments or other property, not being a business to which clause (a) applies, the profits shall include all income received from investments or other property held for the purposes of that part of that business:</p>
<p>Provided that -</p>
<p>(i) income received directly or indirectly by way of dividend or distribution of profits from a body corporate carrying on business as defined in this Act, and</p>
<p>(ii) income to which the persons carrying on the business are not beneficially entitled,</p>
<p>shall in no case be included.</p>
<p>4. (1) In the case of a business carried on in any accounting period which constitutes or includes a chargeable accounting period, by a company, the directors whereof have throughout that accounting period a controlling interest therein, no deduction shall be made in respect of directors remuneration in computing the profits for that accounting period.</p>
<p>(2) Where, in the case of a business carried on by a company in any accounting period which constitutes or includes a chargeable accounting period, the directors of the company have during any part of that accounting period a controlling interest therein, and the case is not one to which sub-rule (1) applies, the profits of the accounting period shall be computed as if the directors of the company had no controlling interest therein, and to the part thereof appropriate to the chargeable accounting period ascertained in accordance with the third proviso to rule 1 shall be added the directors remuneration for that part of the chargeable accounting period during which the directors of the company had a controlling interest therein.</p>
<p>(3) In this rule the expression &#8220;directors remuneration&#8221; does not include-</p>
<p>(a) the remuneration of any director who is required to devote substantially the whole of his time to the service of the company in a managerial or technical capacity and is not the beneficial owner of, or able, either directly or through the medium of other companies or by any other indirect means, to control more than five per cent. of the ordinary share capital of the company, or</p>
<p>(b) the remuneration of any managing agent where such remuneration is included in the profits of the managing agents business for the purposes of the business profits tax.</p>
<p>5. (1) In computing the profits of any chargeable accounting period no deduction shall be allowed in respect of expenses in excess of the amount which the Income-tax Officer considers reasonable and necessary, having regard to the requirements of the business, and, in the case of directors fees or other payments for services, to the actual services rendered by the person concerned:</p>
<p>Provided that no disallowance under this rule shall be made by the<br />
Income tax Officer unless he has obtained the prior authority of the<br />
Inspecting Assistant Commissioner of Income-tax.</p>
<p>(2) Any person who is dissatisfied with the decision of the Income-<br />
tax Officer under this rule may appeal in the prescribed time and manner to the Appellate Tribunal referred to in section 17.SCHEDULE II</p>
<p>(See SECTION 2 (1)</p>
<p>Rules for computing the capital of a company for purposes of Business<br />
Profits Tax</p>
<p>1. For the purposes of ascertaining the abatement under this act in respect of any chargeable accounting period, the capital of a company shall be computed in accordance with the following rules.</p>
<p>2. (1) Where the company is one to which clause (a) of rule 3 of<br />
Schedule I applies, its capital shall be the sum of the amounts of its paid-up share capital and of its reserves in so far as they have not been allowed in computing the profits of the company for the purposes of the Indian Income-tax Act, 1922.(2) Where the company is one to which clause (b) of rule 3 of Schedule<br />
I applies, its capital, ascertained in accordance with sub-rule (1) of this rule shall be diminished by the cost to it of its investments or other property, the income from which is not includible in the profits, so far as that cost exceeds any debt for money borrowed by it.</p>
<p>(3) In all other cases, the capital shall be the sum ascertained in accordance with the said sub-rule, diminished by the cost to the company of its investments so far as that cost exceeds any debt for money borrowed by it.</p>
<p>3. So much of the premium realized by a company from the issue of any of its shares as is retained in the business shall be regarded as forming part of its paid-up capital for the purposes of rule 2.4. Any deposits with the Central Government under section 10 of the<br />
Indian Finance Act, 1942, or section 2 of the Excess Profits Tax<br />
Ordinance, 1943, shall not be regarded as investment or other property for the purposes of this Schedule.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.legalindia.in/the-business-profits-act-1947/feed</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>THE CIGARETTES (REGULATIONS OF PRODUCTION, SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION), ACT, 1975</title>
		<link>http://www.legalindia.in/the-cigarettes-regulations-of-production-supply-and-distribution-act-1975</link>
		<comments>http://www.legalindia.in/the-cigarettes-regulations-of-production-supply-and-distribution-act-1975#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 05 Jun 2009 20:47:04 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Legal India</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Corporate & Commercial Law Act & Rules]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.legalindia.in/?p=1178</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[ An act to provide for certain restrictions in relation to trade and commerce in, and production, supply and distribution of, cigarettes and for matters connected therewith or incidental thereto. Comment: This Act basically provides for statutory warning on the cigarette packets saying that it is injurious to health BE it enacted by Parliament in the [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p> An act to provide for certain restrictions in relation to trade and commerce in, and production, supply and distribution of, cigarettes and for matters connected therewith or incidental thereto.</p>
<p>Comment: This Act basically provides for statutory warning on the cigarette packets saying that it is injurious to health<br />
BE it enacted by Parliament in the Twenty-sixth Year of the Republic of India as follows:-</p>
<p>1.Short title, extent and commencement.- (1) This Act may be called the Cigarettes (Regulation of Production, Supply and Distribution) Act, 1975.</p>
<p>(2) It extends to the whole of India.</p>
<p>(3) It shall come into force on such date as the Central Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, appoint.</p>
<p>2.Definitions.- In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires,-</p>
<p>(a) advertisement includes any notice, circular and other document and also includes any visible representation made by means of any light, sound, smoke or gas;</p>
<p>(b) cigarette includes,-</p>
<p>(i) any roll of tobacco wrapped in paper or in any other substance not containing tobacco,</p>
<p>(ii) any roll of tobacco wrapped in any substance containing tobacco, which, by reason of its appearance, the type of tobacco used in the filler, or its packing and labelling is likely to be offered to, or purchased by, consumers as cigarette,</p>
<p>but does not include beedi, cheroot and cigar;</p>
<p>(c) distribution includes distribution by way of sample.Whether free or otherwise;</p>
<p>(d) export, with its grammatical variations and cognate expressions, means taking out of India to a place outside India;</p>
<p>(e) foreign Language means a language which is neither an Indian language nor the English language;</p>
<p>(f) import, with is grammatical variations and cognate expressions, means bringing into India from a place outside India;</p>
<p>(g) Indian language means a language specified in the English Schedule to the Constitution, and includes any dialect of such language;</p>
<p>(h) label means any written, marked, stamped, printed or graphic matter, affixed to, or appearing upon, any package;</p>
<p>(i) package include a box, carton, tin, or other container;</p>
<p>(j) prescribed means prescribed by rules made under this Act;</p>
<p>(k) production, with its grammatical variations and cognate expressions, includes-</p>
<p>(i) packing, labelling, re-labelling, of containers,</p>
<p>(ii) re-packing from bulk packages to retail packages and</p>
<p>(iii) the adoption of any other method to render the product marketable;</p>
<p>(l) sale, with its grammatical variations and cognate expressions, means any transfer of property in goods by one person to another, whether for cash or on credit or by way of exchange and whether wholesale or retail and includes an agreement for sale, an offer for sale and exposure for sale;</p>
<p>(m) specified warning, means the following warning namely, Cigarette smoking is injurious to health.</p>
<p>3.Restrictions on trade and commerce in, and production, supply and distribution of, cigarettes.- (1) No person shall, directly or indirectly, produce supply or distribute cigarettes unless every package of cigarettes produced supplied or distributed by him bears thereon, or on its label, the specified warning.</p>
<p>(2) No person shall carry on trade or commerce in cigarettes unless every package of cigarettes distributed, sold or supplied by him bears thereon, on its label, the specified warning.</p>
<p>(3) No person shall import cigarettes for distribution or supply for a valuable consideration or for sale unless every package of cigarettes so imported by him bears thereon, or on its label, the specified warning.</p>
<p>(4) The specified warning shall on not less than one of the largest panels of the package in which cigarettes have been packed for distribution, sale or supply for a valuable consideration.</p>
<p>4.Manner in which specified warning shall be made.- (1) The Specified warning on a package of cigarette shall be-</p>
<p>(a) legible and prominent ;</p>
<p>(b) conspicuous as to size and colour;</p>
<p>(c) in such style of lettering as to be boldly and clearly presented in distinct contrast to the other type, lettering or graphic material used on the package or its label and shall be printed, painted or inscribed on the package in a colour which contrasts conspicuously with the background of the package or its label.</p>
<p>(2) Every package containing cigarettes shall be so packed as to ensure that the specified warning appearing thereon, or on its label, is, before the package is opened, visible to the consumer.</p>
<p>5.Restrictions on advertisements of cigarettes.- (1) No person shall advertise for the distribution, sale or supply of cigarettes, and no person shall take part in the publication of any such advertisement, unless the specified warning is included in such advertisement.</p>
<p>(2) Every specified warning included in an advertisement shall be conspicuous, legible and prominent.</p>
<p>(3) No person shall, whether directly or indirectly, import, for the purpose of carrying on any trade or commerce in cigarettes, any documents article or thing, containing any advertisement which violates the provisions contained in sub-section (1) or sub-section (2).</p>
<p>6.Language in which the specified warning shall be expressed.- (1) Where the language used on a package containing cigarettes or on its label or in any advertisement relating to such package is-</p>
<p>(a) English, the specified warning shall be expressed in the English language;</p>
<p>(b) any Indian language or languages, the specified warning shall be expressed in such Indian Language or languages;</p>
<p>(c) both English and one or more Indian Languages, the specified warning shall be expressed in English as well as in such Indian language or languages;</p>
<p>(d) partly English and partly any Indian language or languages, the specified warning shall be expressed in the English language as well as in such Indian language or languages;</p>
<p>(e) any foreign language, the specified warning shall be expressed in the English language;</p>
<p>(f) partly any foreign language and partly English or any Indian language or languages, the specified warning shall be expressed in the English language as well as in such Indian language or languages.</p>
<p>(2) No package of cigarettes or its label or any advertisement relating thereto shall contain any matter or statement which is inconsistent with, or detracts from, the specified warning.</p>
<p>7.Size of letters.- No warning shall be deemed to be in accordance with the provisions of this Act if the height of each letter used in such warning is less than three millimetres.</p>
<p>8.Power of entry and search.-(1) Any police officer, not below the rank of a sub-inspector, may, if he has any reason to suspect that any provision of this Act has been, or is being, contravened, enter and search, at reasonable time, any factory, building, business premises or any other place where any trade or commerce in cigarettes in cigarettes is carried on or cigarettes are produced, supplied or distributed.</p>
<p>(2) The provisions of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 (2 of 1974), shall apply to every search and seizure made under this Act.</p>
<p>9.Power of seize.- (1) If any police officer, not below the rank of a sub-inspector, has any reason to believe that, in respect of any package of cigarettes, the provisions of this Act have been, or are being, contravened, he may seize such package.</p>
<p>(2) No package of cigarettes seized under sub-section (1) shall be retained by any officer for a period exceeding ninety days from the date of the seizure unless the approval of the District Judge, within the local limits of whose jurisdiction such seizure has been made, has been obtained for such retention.</p>
<p>10.Confiscation of Packages.- Any package of cigarettes, in respect of which any provision of this Act has been or is being contravened, shall be liable to confiscation;</p>
<p>Provided that, where it is established to the satisfaction of the court adjudging the confiscation that the person in whose possession, power or control any such package of cigarettes is found is not responsible for the contravention of the provisions of this Act, the court may, instead of making an order for the confiscation of such package, make such other order authorised by this Act against the person guilty of the breach of the provisions of this Act as it may think fit.</p>
<p>11.Power to give option to pay costs in lieu of confiscation.- (1) Whenever any confiscation is authorised by this Act, the court adjudging it may, subject to such conditions as may be specified in the order adjudging the confiscation, give to the owner thereof an option to pay, in lieu of confiscation, such costs, not exceeding the value of the package in respect of which confiscation is authorised, as the court thinks fit.</p>
<p>(2) On payment of the costs ordered by the Court, the seized packages shall be returned to the person from whom they were seized on condition that such person shall, before making any distribution, sale or supply of such packages, get the specified warning incorporated on each such package or on its label.</p>
<p>12.Liability to penalty.- Any person who carries on any trade or commerce in, or who produces, supplies or distributes, cigarettes, shall, if any package of such cigarettes does not contain the specified warning, be liable to pay a penalty not exceeding five times the value of the package of cigarettes or one thousand rupees, whichever is more, whether or not such package of cigarettes has been confiscated or is available for confiscation.</p>
<p>13.Confiscation or penalty not to interfere with other punishments.- No confiscation made,, costs ordered to be paid or penalty imposed under this Act shall prevent the infliction of any punishment to which the person affected thereby is liable under provisions of this Act or</p>
<p>14.Adjudication.- Any confiscation may be adjudged, costs may be ordered to be paid or penalty may be imposed,-</p>
<p>(a) without any limit, by the principal civil court of original jurisdiction within the local limits of whose jurisdiction such confiscation has been made, costs have been ordered to be paid, or penalty has been imposed, as the case may be;</p>
<p>(b) subject to such limits as may be specified by the Central Government in this behalf, by such other court, not below a civil court having pecuniary jurisdiction exceeding rupees five thousand, as the Central Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, Authorise in this behalf.</p>
<p>15.Giving of opportunity to the owner of seized packages.- (1) No order adjudging confiscation or directing payment of costs or imposing penalty shall be unless the owner of the package of cigarettes has been given a notice in writing informing him of the grounds on which it is proposed to confiscate such package, and giving him a reasonable opportunity of making a representation in writing within such reasonable time as may be specified in the notice against the confiscation or imposition of penalty mentioned therein, and, if he so desires, of being heard in the matter:</p>
<p>Provided that, where no such notice is given within a period of ninety days from the date of the seizure of the package of cigarettes, such package shall be returned, after the expiry of that period, to the person from whose possession it was seized.</p>
<p>(2) Save as otherwise provided in sub-section (1), the provisions of the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908 (5 of 1908), shall, as far as apply to every proceeding referred to in sub-section (1).</p>
<p>16.Appeal.- (1) Any person, aggrieved by any decision by any decision of the court adjudging a confiscation, ordering the payment of costs or imposing a penalty, may prefer an appeal to the court to which an appeal lies from the decision of such court.</p>
<p>(2) The appellate court may, after giving to the appellant an opportunity of being heard, pass such order as it thinks fit confirming, modifying or reversing the decision or order appealed against or may send back the case with such directions as it may think fit for a fresh decision or adjudication, as the case may be, after taking additional evidence, if necessary:</p>
<p>Provided that an order enhancing any penalty or fine in lieu of confiscation or confiscating goods of greater value shall not be made under this section unless the appellant has had an opportunity of making a representation and, if he so desires, of being heard in his defence.</p>
<p>(3) No further appeal shall lie against the order of the court of appeal.</p>
<p>17.Penalty.- Any person who,-</p>
<p>(a) sells, or distributes or supplies in the course of any trade or commerce, any package of cigarettes which does not contain, either on the package or on its label, the specified warning,</p>
<p>(b) produces, or supplies or distributes in the course of any trade or commerce, any package of cigarettes which does not contain, either on the package or on its label, the specified warning,</p>
<p>(c) advertises, or takes part in the advertisement of, cigarettes if such advertisement does not include the specified warning,</p>
<p>shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which may extend to three years, or with fine which may extend to five thousand rupees, or with both.</p>
<p>18.Offences by companies.- (1) Where an offence under this Act has been committed by a company, every person, who, at the time the offence was committed, was in charge of, and was responsible to, the company for the conduct of the business of the company, as well as the company, shall be deemed to be guilty of the offence and shall be liable to be proceeded against and punished accordingly;</p>
<p>Provided that nothing contained in this sub-section shall render any such person liable to any punishment, if he proves that the offence was committed without his knowledge or that he had exercised all due diligence to prevent the commission of such offence.</p>
<p>(2) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (1), where any offence under this Act has been committed by a company and it is proved that the offence has been committed with the consent or connivance of, or is attributable to any neglect on the part of, any director, manager, secretary or other officer of the company, such director, manager, secretary or other officer shall be proceeded against and punished accordingly.</p>
<p>Explanation.- For the purposes of this section,-</p>
<p>(a) company means any body corporate and includes a firm or other association of individuals; and</p>
<p>(b) director, in relation to a firm, means a partner in the firm.</p>
<p>19.Offences to be cognizable and bailable.- (1) Notwithstanding anything contained in the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973, an offence punishable under this Act shall be bailable.</p>
<p>(2) For the avoidance of doubts, it is hereby declared that every offence punishable under this Act shall be cognizable.</p>
<p>20.Protection of action taken in good faith.- No suit, prosecution or other legal proceeding shall lie against the Central Government or any State Government or any officer of the Central Government or nay State Government for anything which is in good faith done or intended to be done under this Act.</p>
<p>21.Power to make rules,- (1) The Central Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, make rules to carry out the provisions of this Act.</p>
<p>(2) In particular, and without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing power, such rules, may provide for all or any of the following matters, namely:-</p>
<p>(a) the manner in which the seizure of any package of cigarettes shall be made and the manner in which seizure list shall be prepared and delivered to the person from whose custody any package of cigarettes has been seized;</p>
<p>(b) procedure for the refund of any penalty imposed under this Act;</p>
<p>(c) any other matter which is required to be, or may be, prescribed.</p>
<p>(3) Every rule made under this Act shall be laid, as soon as may be after it is made, before each House of Parliament, while it is in session, for a total period of thirty days which may be comprised in one session or in two or more successive sessions, and if, before the expiry of the session immediately following the session or the successive sessions aforesaid, both Houses agree in making any modification in the rule or both Houses agree that the rule should not be made, the rule shall thereafter have effect only in such modified form or be of no effect, as the case may be; so, however, that any such modification or annulment shall be without prejudice to the validity of anything previously done under that rule.</p>
<p>22.Act not to apply to cigarettes which are exported.- Nothing contained in this Act shall apply to any cigarette or package of cigarettes which is exported:</p>
<p>Provided that nothing in this section shall be deemed to authorise the export of any package of cigarettes, not containing the specified warning to any country if the law in force in that country requires that the same or similar warning shall be specified on each package of cigarettes.</p>
<p>Explanation.- For the purposes of this section any cigarette or package of cigarettes shall be deemed to be exported if the necessary steps for export have already been taken notwithstanding that the actual export has not taken place.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.legalindia.in/the-cigarettes-regulations-of-production-supply-and-distribution-act-1975/feed</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>THE CIGARETTES AND OTHER TOBACCO PRODUCTS (PROHIBITION OF ADVERTISEMENT AND REGULATION OF TRADE AND COMMERCE, PRODUCTION, SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION) ACT, 2003</title>
		<link>http://www.legalindia.in/the-cigarettes-and-other-tobacco-products-prohibition-of-advertisement-and-regulation-of-trade-and-commerce-production-supply-and-distribution-act-2003</link>
		<comments>http://www.legalindia.in/the-cigarettes-and-other-tobacco-products-prohibition-of-advertisement-and-regulation-of-trade-and-commerce-production-supply-and-distribution-act-2003#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 05 Jun 2009 20:37:55 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Legal India</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Corporate & Commercial Law Act & Rules]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.legalindia.in/?p=1176</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[An Act to prohibit the advertisement of, and to provide for the regulation of trade and commerce in, and production, supply and distribution of, cigarettes and other tobacco products and for matters connected therewith or incidental thereto. WHEREAS, the Resolution passed by the 39th World Health Assembly (WHO), in its Fourteenth Plenary meeting held on [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>An Act to prohibit the advertisement of, and to provide for the regulation of trade and commerce in, and production, supply and distribution of, cigarettes and other tobacco products and for matters connected therewith or incidental thereto.</p>
<p>WHEREAS, the Resolution passed by the 39th World Health Assembly<br />
(WHO), in its Fourteenth Plenary meeting held on the 15th May, 1986.urged the member States of WHO which have not yet done so to implement the measures to ensure that effective protection i provided to non-smokers from involuntary exposure to tobacco smoke and to protect children and young people from being addicted to the use of tobacco;</p>
<p>AND WHEREAS, the 43rd World Health Assembly in its Fourteenth Plenary meeting held on the 17th May, 1990, reiterated the concerns expressed in the Resolution passed in the 39th World Health Assembly and urged<br />
Member States to consider in their tobacco co trol strategies plans for legislation and other effective measures for protecting their citizens with special attention to risk groups such as pregnant women and children from involuntary exposure to tobacco smoke, discourage the use of tobacco and impos progressive restrictions and take concerted action to eventually eliminate all direct and indirect advertising, promotion and sponsorship concerning tobacco;</p>
<p>AND WHEREAS, it is considered expedient to enact a comprehensive law on tobacco in the public interest and to protect the public health;</p>
<p>AND WHEREAS, it is expedient to prohibit the consumption of cigarettes and other tobacco products which are injurious to health with a view to achieving improvement of public health in general as enjoined by article 47 of the Constitution;</p>
<p>AND WHEREAS, it is expedient to prohibit the advertisement of, and to provide for regulation of trade and commerce, production, supply and distribution of, cigarettes and other tobacco products and for matters connected therewith or incidental thereto:</p>
<p>BE it enacted by Parliament in the Fifty-fourth Year of the Republic of India as follows:-</p>
<p>1.Short title, extent and commencement.</p>
<p>1. Short title, extent and commencement.-(1) This Act may be called the Cigarettes and Other Tobacco Products (Prohibition of<br />
Advertisement and Regulation of Trade and Commerce, Production, Supply and Distribution) Act, 2003.(2) It extends to the whole of India.</p>
<p>(3) It shall come into force on such date as the Central Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, appoint and different dates may be appointed for different provisions of this Act.</p>
<p>2.Declaration as to expediency of control by the Union.</p>
<p>2. Declaration as to expediency of control by the Union.-It is hereby declared that it is expedient in the public interest that the Union should take under its control the tobacco industry.</p>
<p>3.Definitions.</p>
<p>3. Definitions.-In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires,-</p>
<p>(a) &#8220;advertisement&#8221; includes any visible representation by way of notice, circular, label, wrapper or other document and also includes any announcement made orally or by any means of producing or transmitting light, sound, smoke or gas;</p>
<p>(b) &#8220;cigarette&#8221; includes,-</p>
<p>(i) any roll of tobacco wrapped in paper or in any other substance not containing tobacco,</p>
<p>(ii) any roll of tobacco wrapped in any substance containing tobacco, which, by reason of its appearance, the type of tobacco used in the filter, or its packaging and labelling is likely to be offered to, or purchased by, consumers as cigarette, but doe not include beedi, cheroot and cigar;</p>
<p>(c) &#8220;distribution&#8221; includes distribution by way of samples, whether free or otherwise;</p>
<p>(d) &#8220;export&#8221;, with its grammatical variations and cognate expressions, means taking out of India to a place outside India;</p>
<p>(e) &#8220;foreign language&#8221; means a language which is neither an Indian language nor the English language;</p>
<p>(f) &#8220;import&#8221;, with its grammatical variations and cognate expressions, means bringing into India from a place outside India;</p>
<p>(g) &#8220;Indian language&#8221; means a language specified in the Eighth<br />
Schedule to the Constitution, and includes any dialect of such language;</p>
<p>(h) &#8220;label&#8221; means any written, marked, stamped, printed or graphic matter, affixed to, or appearing upon, any package;</p>
<p>(i) &#8220;package&#8221; includes a wrapper, box, carton, tin or other container;</p>
<p>(j) &#8220;prescribed&#8221; means prescribed by rules made under this Act;</p>
<p>(k) &#8220;production&#8221;, with its grammatical variations and cognate expressions, includes the making of cigarettes, cigars, cheroots, beedis, cigarette tobacco, pipe tobacco, hookah tobacco, chewing tobacco, pan masala or any chewing material having tobacco as one of its ingredients (by whatever name called) or snuff and shall include-</p>
<p>(i) packing, labelling or re-labelling, of containers;</p>
<p>(ii) re-packing from bulk packages to retail packages; and</p>
<p>(iii) the adoption of any other method to render the tobacco product marketable;</p>
<p>(l) &#8220;public place&#8221; means any place to which the public have access, whether as of right or not, and includes auditorium, hospital buildings, railway waiting room, amusement centres, restaurants, public offices, court buildings, educational institutions, ibraries, public conveyances and the like which are visited by general public but does not include any open space;</p>
<p>(m) &#8220;sale&#8221;, with its grammatical variations and cognate expressions, means any transfer of property in goods by one person to another, whether for cash or on credit, or by way of exchange, and whether wholesale or retail, and includes an agreement for sa e, and offer for sale and exposure for sale;</p>
<p>(n) &#8220;smoking&#8221;, means smoking of tobacco in any form whether in the form of cigarette, cigar, beedis or otherwise with the aid of a pipe, wrapper or any other instruments;</p>
<p>(o) &#8220;specified warning&#8221; means such warnings against the use of cigarettes or other tobacco products to be printed, painted or inscribed on packages of cigarettes or other tobacco products in such form and manner as may be prescribed by rules made under t is Act;</p>
<p>(p) &#8220;tobacco products&#8221; means the products specified in the Schedule.</p>
<p>4.Prohibition of smoking in a public place.</p>
<p>4. Prohibition of smoking in a public place.-No person shall smoke in any public place:</p>
<p>Provided that in a hotel having thirty rooms or a restaurant having seating capacity of thirty persons or more and in the airports, a separate provision for smoking area or space may be made.</p>
<p>5.Prohibition of advertisement of cigarettes and other tobacco products.</p>
<p>5. Prohibition of advertisement of cigarettes and other tobacco products.-(1) No person engaged in, or purported to be engaged in the production, supply or distribution of cigarettes or any other tobacco products shall advertise and no person having cont ol over a medium shall cause to be advertised cigarettes or any other tobacco products through that medium and no person shall take part in any advertisement which directly or indirectly suggests or promotes the use or consumption of cigarettes or any ot er tobacco products.</p>
<p>(2) No person, for any direct or indirect pecuniary benefit, shall-</p>
<p>(a) display, cause to display, or permit or authorise to display any advertisement of cigarettes or any other tobacco product; or</p>
<p>(b) sell or cause to sell, or permit or authorise to sell a film or video tape containing advertisement of cigarettes or any other tobacco product; or</p>
<p>(c) distribute, cause to distribute, or permit or authorise to distribute to the public any leaflet, hand-bill or document which is or which contains an advertisement of cigarettes or any other tobacco product; or</p>
<p>(d) erect, exhibit, fix or retain upon or over any land, building, wall, hoarding, frame, post or structure or upon or in any vehicle or shall display in any manner whatsoever in any place any advertisement of cigarettes or any other tobacco product:</p>
<p>Provided that this sub-section shall not apply in relation to-</p>
<p>(a) an advertisement of cigarettes or any other tobacco product in or on a package containing cigarettes or any other tobacco product;</p>
<p>(b) advertisement of cigarettes or any other tobacco product which is displayed at the entrance or inside a warehouse or a shop where cigarettes and any other tobacco products are offered for distribution or sale.</p>
<p>(3) No person, shall, under a contract or otherwise promote or agree to promote the use or consumption of-</p>
<p>(a) cigarettes or any other tobacco product; or</p>
<p>(b) any trade mark or brand name of cigarettes or any other tobacco product in exchange for a sponsorship, gift, prize or scholarship given or agreed to be given by another person.</p>
<p>6.Prohibition on sale of cigarette or other tobacco products to a personbelow the age of eighteen years and in particular area.</p>
<p>6. Prohibition on sale of cigarette or other tobacco products to a person below the age of eighteen years and in particular area.-No person shall sell, offer for sale, or permit sale of, cigarette or any other tobacco product-</p>
<p>(a) to any person who is under eighteen years of age, and</p>
<p>(b) in an area within a radius of one hundred yards of any educational institution.</p>
<p>7.Restrictions on trade and commerce in, and production, supply anddistribution of cigarettes and other tobacco products.</p>
<p>7. Restrictions on trade and commerce in, and production, supply and distribution of cigarettes and other tobacco products.-(1) No person shall, directly or indirectly, produce, supply or distribute cigarettes or any other tobacco products unless every p ckage of cigarettes or any other tobacco products produced, supplied or distributed by him bears thereon, or on its label, the specified warning including a pictorial depiction of skull and cross bones and such other warning as may be prescribed.</p>
<p>(2) No person shall carry on trade or commerce in cigarettes or any other tobacco products unless every package of cigarettes or any other tobacco products sold, supplied or distributed by him bears thereon, or on its label, the specified warning.</p>
<p>(3) No person shall import cigarettes or any other tobacco products for distribution or supply for a valuable consideration or for sale in<br />
India unless every package of cigarettes or any other tobacco products so imported by him bears thereon, or on its abel, the specified warning.</p>
<p>(4) The specified warning shall appear on not less than one of the largest panels of the package in which cigarettes or any other tobacco products have been packed for distribution, sale or supply for a valuable consideration.</p>
<p>(5) No person shall, directly or indirectly, produce, supply or distribute cigarettes or any other tobacco products unless every package of cigarettes or any other tobacco products produced, supplied or distributed by him indicates thereon, or on its lab l, the nicotine and tar contents on each cigarette or as the case may be on other tobacco products along with the maximum permissible limits thereof:</p>
<p>Provided that the nicotine and tar contents shall not exceed the maximum permissible quantity thereof as may be prescribed by rules made under this Act.</p>
<p>8.Manner in which specified warning shall be made.</p>
<p>8. Manner in which specified warning shall be made.-(1) The specified warning on a package of cigarettes or any other tobacco products shall be-</p>
<p>(a) legible and prominent;</p>
<p>(b) conspicuous as to size and colour;</p>
<p>(c) in such style or type of lettering as to be boldly and clearly presented in distinct contrast to any other type, lettering or graphic material used on the package or its label and shall be printed, painted or inscribed on the package in a colour whi h contrasts conspicuously with the background of the package or its labels.</p>
<p>(2) The manner in which a specified warning shall be printed, painted or inscribed on a package of cigarettes or any other tobacco products shall be such as may be specified in the rules made under this Act.</p>
<p>(3) Every package containing cigarettes or any other tobacco products shall be so packed as to ensure that the specified warning appearing thereon, or on its label, is, before the package is opened, visible to the consumer.</p>
<p>9.Language in which the specified warning shall be expressed.</p>
<p>9. Language in which the specified warning shall be expressed.-(1)<br />
Where the language used on a package containing cigarettes and any other tobacco products or on its label is-</p>
<p>(a) English, the specified warning shall be expressed in the English language;</p>
<p>(b) any Indian language or languages, the specified warning shall be expressed in such Indian language or languages;</p>
<p>(c) both English and one or more Indian languages, the specified warning shall be expressed in the English language as well as in such<br />
Indian language or languages;</p>
<p>(d) partly English and partly any Indian language or languages, the specified warning shall be expressed in the English language as well as in such Indian language or languages;</p>
<p>(e) any foreign language, the specified warning shall be expressed in the English language;</p>
<p>(f) partly any foreign language and partly English or any Indian language or languages, the specified warning shall be expressed in the<br />
English language as well as in such Indian language or languages.</p>
<p>(2) No package of cigarettes or any other tobacco products or its label shall contain any matter or statement which is inconsistent with, or detracts from, the specified warning.</p>
<p>10.Size of letters and figures.</p>
<p>10. Size of letters and figures.-No specified warning or indication of nicotine and tar contents in cigarettes and any other tobacco products shall be deemed to be in accordance with the provisions of this Act if the height of each letter or figure, or b th used on such warning and indication is less than the height as may be prescribed by rules made under this Act.</p>
<p>11.Testing laboratory for nicotine and tar contents.</p>
<p>11. Testing laboratory for nicotine and tar contents.-For purposes of testing the nicotine and tar contents in cigarettes and any other tobacco products the Central Government shall by notification in the<br />
Official Gazette grant recognition to such testin laboratory as that<br />
Government may deem necessary.</p>
<p>12.Power of entry and search.</p>
<p>12. Power of entry and search.-(1) Any police officer, not below the rank of a sub-inspector or any officer of State Food or Drug<br />
Administration or any other officer, holding the equivalent rank being not below the rank of Sub-Inspector of Police, autho ised by the<br />
Central Government or by the State Government may, if he has any reason to suspect that any provision of this Act has been, or is being, contravened, enter and search in the manner prescribed, at any reasonable time, any factory, building, bu iness premises or any other place,-</p>
<p>(a) where any trade or commerce in cigarettes or any other tobacco products is carried on or cigarettes or any other tobacco products are produced, supplied or distributed; or</p>
<p>(b) where any advertisement of the cigarettes or any other tobacco products has been or is being made.</p>
<p>(2) The provisions of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 (2 of<br />
1974), shall apply to every search and seizure made under this Act.</p>
<p>13.Power to seize.</p>
<p>13. Power to seize.-(1) If any police officer, not below the rank of a sub-inspector or any officer of State Food or Drug Administration or any other officer, holding the equivalent rank being not below the rank of Sub-Inspector of Police, authorised by he Central Government or by the State Government, has any reason to believe that,-</p>
<p>(a) in respect of any package of cigarettes or any other tobacco products, or</p>
<p>(b) in respect of any advertisement of cigarettes or any other tobacco products,</p>
<p>the provisions of this Act have been, or are being, contravened, he may seize such package or advertisement material in the manner prescribed.</p>
<p>(2) No package of cigarettes or any other tobacco products or advertisement material seized under clause (a) of sub-section (1)<br />
shall be retained by the officer who seized the package or advertisement material for a period exceeding ninety days from the ate of the seizure unless the approval of the District Judge, within the local limits of whose jurisdiction such seizure was made, has been obtained for such retention.</p>
<p>14.Confiscation of package.</p>
<p>14. Any package of cigarettes or any other tobacco products or any advertisement material of cigarettes or any other tobacco products, in respect of which any provision of this Act has been or is being contravened, shall be liable to be confiscated:</p>
<p>Provided that, where it is established to the satisfaction of the court adjudging the confiscation that the person in whose possession, power or control any such package of cigarettes or any other tobacco products is found is not responsible for the cont avention of the provisions of this Act, the Court may, instead of making an order for the confiscation of such package, make such other order authorised by this Act against the person guilty of the breach of the provisions of this Act as it may think fit</p>
<p>15.Power to give option to pay costs in lieu of confiscation.</p>
<p>15. Power to give option to pay costs in lieu of confiscation.-(1)<br />
Whenever any confiscation of any package of cigarettes or any other tobacco products is authorised by this Act, the court adjudging it may, subject to such conditions as may be specified n the order adjudging the confiscation, give to the owner thereof an option to pay, in lieu of confiscation, costs which shall be equal to the value of the goods confiscated.</p>
<p>(2) On payment of the costs ordered by the court, the seized packages shall be returned to the person from whom they were seized on condition that such person shall, before making any distribution, sale or supply of such packages of cigarettes or other t bacco products, get the specified warning and indication of nicotine and tar contents incorporated on each such package.</p>
<p>16.Confiscation not to interfere with other punishments.</p>
<p>16. Confiscation not to interfere with other punishments.-No confiscation made, costs ordered to be paid under this Act shall prevent the infliction of any punishment to which the person affected thereby is liable under the provisions of this Act or unde any other law.</p>
<p>17.Adjudication.</p>
<p>17. Adjudication.-Any confiscation of cigarettes or any other tobacco products may be adjudged or costs may be ordered to be paid,-</p>
<p>(a) without any limit, by the principal civil court of original jurisdiction within the local limits of whose jurisdiction such confiscation has been made, costs have been ordered to be paid,</p>
<p>(b) subject to such limits as may be specified by the Central<br />
Government in this behalf, by such other court, not below a civil court having pecuniary jurisdiction exceeding rupees five thousand, as the Central Government may, by notification in the Offi ial Gazette, authorise in this behalf.</p>
<p>18.Giving opportunity to the owner of seized packages.</p>
<p>18. Giving opportunity to the owner of seized packages.-(1) No order adjudging confiscation or directing payment of costs shall be made unless the owner or person in possession of the package of cigarettes or any other tobacco products has been given a n tice in writing informing him of the grounds on which it is proposed to confiscate such package, and giving him a reasonable opportunity of making a representation in writing, within such reasonable time as may be and, if he so desires, of being heard personally or through a representative in the matter: specified in the notice, against the con iscation mentioned therein,</p>
<p>Provided that, where no such notice is given within a period of ninety days from the date of the seizure of the package of cigarettes or of any other tobacco products, such package shall be returned, after the expiry of that period, to the owner or the p rson from whose possession it was seized.</p>
<p>(2) Save as otherwise provided in sub-section (1), the provisions of the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908 (5 of 1908), shall, as far as may be, apply to every proceeding referred to in sub-section (1).</p>
<p>19.Appeal.</p>
<p>19. Appeal.-(1) Any person, aggrieved by any decision of the court adjudging a confiscation, ordering the payment of costs, may prefer an appeal to the court to which an appeal lies from the decision of such court.</p>
<p>(2) The appellate court may, after giving to the appellant an opportunity of being heard, pass such order as it thinks fit confirming, modifying or reversing the decision or order appealed against or may send back the case with such directions as it may hink fit for a fresh decision or adjudication, as the case may be, after taking additional evidence, if necessary:</p>
<p>Provided that an order enhancing any fine in lieu of confiscation or confiscating of goods of greater value shall not be made under this section unless the appellant has had an opportunity of making a representation and, if he so desires, of being heard n person or through a representative in his defence.</p>
<p>(3) No further appeal shall lie against the order of the court of appeal.</p>
<p>20.Punishment for failure to give specified warning and nicotine and tarcontents.</p>
<p>20. Punishment for failure to give specified warning and nicotine and tar contents.-(1) Any person who produces or manufactures cigarettes or tobacco products, which do not contain, either on the package or on their label, the specified warning and the n cotine and tar contents, shall in the case of first conviction be punishable with imprisonment for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine which may extend to five thousand rupees, or with both, and for the second or subsequent conviction,with imprisonment for a term which may extend to five years and with fine which may extend to ten thousand rupees.</p>
<p>(2) Any person who sells or distributes cigarettes or tobacco products which do not contain either on the package or on their label, the specified warning and the nicotine and tar contents shall in the case of first conviction be punishable with imprison ent for a term, which may extend to one year, or with fine which may extend to one thousand rupees, or with both, and, for the second or subsequent conviction, with imprisonment for a term which may extend to two years and with fine which may extend to t ree thousand rupees.</p>
<p>21.Punishment for smoking in certain places.</p>
<p>21. Punishment for smoking in certain places.-(1) Whoever contravenes the provisions of section 4 shall be punishable with fine which may extend to two hundred rupees.</p>
<p>(2) An offence under this section shall be compoundable and shall be tried summarily in accordance with the procedure provided for summary trials in the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 (2 of 1974).</p>
<p>22.Punishment for advertisement of cigarettes and tobacco products.</p>
<p>22. Punishment for advertisement of cigarettes and tobacco products.-Whoever contravenes the provision of section 5 shall, on conviction, be punishable-</p>
<p>(a) in the case of first conviction, with imprisonment for a term which may extend to two years or with fine which may extend to one thousand rupees or with both, and</p>
<p>(b) in the case of second or subsequent conviction with imprisonment for a term which may extend to five years and with fine which may extend to five thousand rupees.</p>
<p>23.Forfeiture of advertisement and advertisement material.</p>
<p>23. Forfeiture of advertisement and advertisement material.-Where any person has been convicted under this Act for the contravention of the provision of section 5, the advertisement and the advertisement material for cigarettes and other tobacco products may be forfeited to the Government and such advertisement and advertisement material shall be disposed of in such manner as may be prescribed by rules made under this Act.</p>
<p>24.Punishment for sale of cigarettes or any other tobacco products incertain places or to persons below the age of eighteen years.</p>
<p>24. Punishment for sale of cigarettes or any other tobacco products in certain places or to persons below the age of eighteen years.-(1)<br />
Any person who contravenes the provisions of section 6 shall be guilty of an offence under this Act and shall be puni hable with fine which may extend to two hundred rupees.</p>
<p>(2) All offences under this section shall be compoundable and shall be tried summarily in accordance with the procedure provided for summary trials in the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 (2 of 1974).</p>
<p>25.Prevention, detention and place of trial of offences under sections 4and 6.<br />
25. Prevention, detention and place of trial of offences under sections 4 and 6.-(1) Notwithstanding anything contained in any other law for the time being in force, the Central Government or the State<br />
Government may, by notification in the Official Gaze te, authorise one or more persons who shall be competent to act under this Act:</p>
<p>Provided that the person so authorised may, if he has reasonable ground for believing that any person has committed an offence under section 4 or section 6, may detain such person unless the accused person furnishes his name and address, and otherwise sa isfies the officer detaining him that he will duly answer any summons or other proceedings which may be taken against him.</p>
<p>(2) Any person detained under sub-section (1) shall forthwith be taken before Magistrate to be dealt with according to law.</p>
<p>(3) Any person committing an offence under section 4 or section 6.shall be triable for such offence in any place in which he may be or which the State Government may notify in this behalf, as well as in any other place in which he is liable to be tried u der any law for the time being in force.</p>
<p>(4) Every notification issued under sub-sections (1) and (3) shall be published in the Official Gazette, and a copy thereof shall be exhibited for information to the public in some conspicuous place or places as the State Government may direct.</p>
<p>(5) Every person authorised under sub-section (1) shall be deemed to be a public servant within the meaning of section 21 of the Indian<br />
Penal Code (45 of 1860).</p>
<p>26.Offences by companies.</p>
<p>26. Offences by companies.-(1) Where an offence under this Act has been committed by a company, every person who, at the time the offence was committed, was in charge of, and was responsible to, the company for the conduct of the business of the company, as well as the company, shall be deemed to be guilty of the offence and shall be liable to be proceeded against and punished accordingly:</p>
<p>Provided that nothing contained in this sub-section shall render any such person liable to any punishment, if he proves that the offence was committed without his knowledge or that he had exercised all due diligence to prevent the commission of such offe ce.</p>
<p>(2) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (1), where any offence under this Act has been committed by a company and it is proved that the offence has been committed with the consent or connivance of, or is attributable to any neglect on the p rt of, any director, manager, secretary or other officer of the company, such director, manager, secretary or other officer shall be proceeded against and punished accordingly.</p>
<p>Explanation.-For the purposes of this section,-</p>
<p>(a) &#8220;company&#8221; means a body corporate and includes a firm or other association of individuals; and</p>
<p>(b) &#8220;director&#8221;, in relation to a firm, means a partner in the firm.</p>
<p>27.Offences to be bailable.</p>
<p>27. Offences to be bailable.-Notwithstanding anything contained in the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 (2 of 1974), an offence punishable under this Act shall be bailable.</p>
<p>28.Composition of offences.</p>
<p>28. Composition of offences.-(1) Any offence committed under section<br />
4 or section 6 may either before or after the institution of the prosecution be compounded by such officer authorised by Central<br />
Government or State Government and for an amount which m y not exceed two hundred rupees.</p>
<p>(2) Where an offence has been compounded under sub-section (1), the offender, if in custody, shall be discharged and no further proceedings shall be taken against him in respect of such offence.</p>
<p>29.Protection of action taken in good faith.</p>
<p>29. Protection of action taken in good faith.-No suit, prosecution or other legal proceeding shall lie against the Central Government or any<br />
State Government or any officer of the Central Government or any State<br />
Government for anything which is in good f ith done or intended to be done under this Act.</p>
<p>30.</p>
<p>Power to add any tobacco products in the Schedule.</p>
<p>30. Power to add any tobacco products in the Schedule.-The Central<br />
Government, after giving by notification in the Official Gazette, not less than three months notice of its intention so to do, may, by like notification, add any other tobacco product in respect of which it is of opinion that advertisements are to be prohibited and its production, supply and distribution is required to be regulated under this Act, and thereupon the Schedule shall in its application to such products be deemed to be amende accordingly.</p>
<p>31.Power of Central Government to make rules.</p>
<p>31. Power of Central Government to make rules.-(1) The Central<br />
Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, make rules to carry out the provisions of this Act.</p>
<p>(2) Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing power, such rules may provide for all or any of the following matters, namely:-</p>
<p>(a) specify the form and manner in which warning shall be given in respect of cigarettes or other tobacco products under clause (o) of section 3;</p>
<p>(b) specify the maximum permissible nicotine and tar contents in cigarettes or other tobacco products under the proviso to sub-section<br />
(5) of section 7;</p>
<p>(c) specify the manner in which the specified warning shall be inscribed on each package of cigarettes or other tobacco products or its label under sub-section (2) of section 8;</p>
<p>(d) specify the height of the letter or figure or both to be used in specified warning or to indicate the nicotine and tar contents in cigarettes or other tobacco products under section 10;</p>
<p>(e) provide for the manner in which entry into and search of any premises is to be conducted and the manner in which the seizure of any package of cigarettes or other tobacco products shall be made and the manner in which seizure list shall be prepared a d delivered to the person from whose custody any package of cigarettes or other tobacco products has been seized;</p>
<p>(f) provide for any other matter which is required to be, or may be, prescribed.</p>
<p>(3) Every rule made under this Act and every notification made under section 30 shall be laid, as soon as may be after it is made, before each House of Parliament, while it is in session, for a total period of thirty days which may be comprised in one se sion or in two or more successive sessions, and if, before the expiry of the session immediately following the session or the successive sessions aforesaid, both Houses agree in making any modification in the rule or notification or both Houses agree tha the rule or notification should not be made, the rule or notification shall thereafter have effect only in such modified form or be of no effect, as the case may be;<br />
so, however, that any such modification or annulment shall be without prejudice to the alidity of anything previously done under that rule or notification.</p>
<p>32.Act not to apply to cigarettes of other tobacco products which areexported.</p>
<p>32. Act not to apply to cigarettes of other tobacco products which are exported.-Nothing contained in this Act shall apply to any cigarette or other tobacco products or package of cigarettes or other tobacco products which is exported:</p>
<p>Provided that nothing in this section shall be deemed to authorise the export of any package of cigarettes or other tobacco products, not containing the specified warning and indication of nicotine and tar contents to any country if the law in force in t at country requires that the same or similar warning and nicotine and tar contents shall be specified on each package of cigarettes or other tobacco products.</p>
<p>Explanation.-For the purpose of this section, any cigarette or other tobacco products or package of cigarettes or other tobacco products shall be deemed to be exported before the commencement of this Act, if the necessary steps for export have already be n taken notwithstanding that the actual export has not taken place.</p>
<p>33.Repeal and savings.</p>
<p>33. Repeal and savings.-(1) The Cigarettes (Regulation of Production, Supply and Distribution) Act, 1975 (49 of 1975), is hereby repealed.</p>
<p>(2) Notwithstanding such repeal, anything done or any action taken under the provisions of the aforesaid Act, shall, in so far as such thing or action is not inconsistent with the provisions of this Act, be deemed to have been done or taken under the pro isions of this Act as if the said provisions were in force when such thing was done or such action was taken and shall continue in force accordingly until superseded by anything done or any action taken under this Act.</p>
<p>SCHE</p>
<p>[See section 2(p)]<br />
 **********************************************************</p>
<p>THE AIRPORTS AUTHORITY OF INDIA (AMENDMENT) ACT, 2003.NO. 43 OF 2003.[7th September, 2003.]</p>
<p>An Act further to amend the Airports Authority of India Act, 1994.BE it enacted by Parliament in the Fifty-fourth Year of the Republic of India as follows:-</p>
<p>1.Short title and commencement.</p>
<p>1. Short title and commencement.-(1) This Act may be called the Airports<br />
Authority of India (Amendment) Act, 2003.(2) It shall come into force on such date as the Central<br />
Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, appoint.</p>
<p>2.Amendment of long title.</p>
<p>2. Amendment of long title.-In the Airports Authority of India Act, 1994 (55 of<br />
1994) (hereinafter referred to as the principal Act), in the long title, after the words &#8220;aeronautical communication stations&#8221;, the words &#8220;for the purposes of establishing or assisting in the establishment of airports&#8221; shall be inserted.</p>
<p>3.Amendment of section 1.<br />
3. Amendment of section 1.-In section 1 of the principal Act, in sub-section<br />
(3), after clause (a), the following clause shall be inserted, namely:-</p>
<p>&#8220;(aa) all private airports insofar as it relates to providing air traffic service, to issue directions under section 37 to them and for the purposes of<br />
Chapter VA;&#8221;.</p>
<p>4.Amendment of section 2.<br />
4. Amendment of section 2.-In section 2 of the principal Act, after clause (n), the following clause shall be inserted, namely:-</p>
<p>(nn) &#8220;private airport&#8221; means an airport owned, developed or managed by-</p>
<p>(i) any person or agency other than the Authority or any State Government, or</p>
<p>(ii) any person or agency jointly with the Authority or any State Government or both where the share of such person or agency, as the case may be, in the assets of the private airport is more than fifty per cent.;.</p>
<p>5.Amendment of section 12.5. Amendment of section 12.-In section 12 of the principal Act, in sub-section<br />
(3), after clause (a), the following clause shall be inserted, namely:-</p>
<p>&#8220;(aa) establish airports, or assist in the establishment of private airports, by rendering such technical, financial or other assistance which the<br />
Central Government may consider necessary for such purpose;&#8221;.</p>
<p>6.Insertion of new section 12A.</p>
<p>6. Insertion of new section 12A.-In Chapter III of the principal Act, after section 12, the following section shall be inserted, namely:-</p>
<p>&#8220;12A. Lease by the Authority.-(1) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Act, the Authority may, in the public interest or in the interest of better management of airports, make a lease of the premises of an airport (including buildings and structures thereon and appertaining thereto) to carry out some of its functions under section 12 as the<br />
Authority may deem fit:</p>
<p>Provided that such lease shall not affect the functions of the Authority under section 12 which relates to air traffic service or watch and ward at airports and civil enclaves.</p>
<p>(2) No lease under sub-section (1) shall be made without the previous approval of the Central Government.</p>
<p>(3) Any money, payable by the lessee in terms of the lease made under sub-section (1), shall form part of the fund of the Authority and shall be credited thereto as if such money is the receipt of the Authority for all purposes of section 24.(4) The lessee, who has been assigned any function of the Authority under sub-section (1), shall have all the powers of the Authority necessary for the performance of such function in terms of the lease.&#8221;.</p>
<p>7.Insertion of new section 22A.</p>
<p>7. Insertion of new section 22A.-After section 22 of the principal Act, the following section shall be inserted, namely:-</p>
<p>&#8220;22A. Power of Authority to levy development fees at airports.-The Authority may, after the previous approval of the Central Government in this behalf, levy on, and collect from, the embarking passengers at an airport, the development fees at the rate as may be prescribed and such fees shall be credited to the<br />
Authority and shall be regulated and utilised in the prescribed manner, for the purposes of-</p>
<p>(a) funding or financing the costs of upgradation, expansion or development of the airport at which the fee is collected; or</p>
<p>(b) establishment or development of a new airport in lieu of the airport referred to in clause (a); or</p>
<p>(c) investment in the equity in respect of shares to be subscribed by the<br />
Authority in companies engaged in establishing, owning, developing, operating or maintaining a private airport in lieu of the airport referred to in clause (a) or advancement of loans to such companies or other persons engaged in such activities..</p>
<p>9.Amendment of section 33.<br />
9. Amendment of section 33.-In section 33 of the principal Act, after the words<br />
&#8220;other employee of the Authority&#8221;, the words &#8220;or the Chairperson of the<br />
Tribunal&#8221; shall be inserted.</p>
<p>10.Amendment of section 41.<br />
10. Amendment of section 41.-In section 41 of the principal Act, in sub-section<br />
(2),-</p>
<p>(a) after clause (e), the following clause shall be inserted, namely:-</p>
<p>&#8220;(ee) the rate of development fees and the manner of regulating and utilising the fees under section 22A;;</p>
<p>(b) after clause (g), the following clauses shall be inserted, namely:-</p>
<p>&#8220;(gi) the other manner of serving notice under sub-section (3) of section 28C;</p>
<p>(gii) the other manner of serving notice under sub-section (4) of section 28C;</p>
<p>(giii) the principles of assessment of damages under sub-section (2) of section<br />
28G;</p>
<p>(giv) the rate of simple interest under sub-section (3) of section 28G;</p>
<p>(gv) any other matter under clause (c) of section 28H;</p>
<p>(gvi) the salaries and allowances payable to, and other terms and conditions of service of, the Chairperson of the Tribunal under sub-section (7) of section<br />
28-I;</p>
<p>(gvii) the procedure for the investigation of misbehaviour or incapacity of the<br />
Chairperson of the Tribunal under sub-section (3) of section 28J;</p>
<p>(gviii) the form of appeal under sub-section (1) of section 28K;</p>
<p>(gix) any other matter under clause (c) of sub-section (2) of section 28L;&#8221;.</p>
<p>11.Power to remove difficulties.</p>
<p>11. Power to remove difficulties.-(1) If any difficulty arises in giving effect to the provisions of the principal Act as amended by this Act, the Central<br />
Government may, by order published in the Official Gazette, make such provisions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the principal Act as amended by this Act, as appears to it to be necessary or expedient for removing the difficulty:</p>
<p>Provided that no such order shall be made after the expiry of the period of three years from the date of commencement of this Act.</p>
<p>(2) Every order made under this section shall, as soon as may be after it is made, be laid before each House of Parliament.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.legalindia.in/the-cigarettes-and-other-tobacco-products-prohibition-of-advertisement-and-regulation-of-trade-and-commerce-production-supply-and-distribution-act-2003/feed</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
	</channel>
</rss>
